<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/atom10full.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" gd:etag="W/&quot;AkYHQXc4cSp7ImA9WhRbF0w.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781</id><updated>2012-02-08T19:22:10.939+03:00</updated><title>RHCE Study Guide Exam Certification RHCE Exam questions RedHat lessons RHCE</title><subtitle type="html">RedHat Enterprise linux Tutorials Lessons Certification Exams Questions RHCE RHCT Books CBT  Virtualization</subtitle><link rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/" /><link rel="next" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false&amp;v=2" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><generator version="7.00" uri="http://www.blogger.com">Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>83</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/AlaaLinux" /><feedburner:info uri="alaalinux" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkADQXg_eSp7ImA9WhdXE0w.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-3651520499737960937</id><published>2011-08-26T03:31:00.001+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-26T03:32:50.641+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-26T03:32:50.641+03:00</app:edited><title>Appropriate Hardware to study for the RHCSA/RHCE exams</title><content type="html">&lt;div class="smallfont"&gt; 				 				&lt;strong&gt;Appropriate Hardware to study for the RHCSA/RHCE exams
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Since the 6th edition was released, I've received a number of questions  related to the physical hardware needed for people who are studying for  their RHCSA/RHCE certs. Yes, in essence, there is an implied hardware  requirement. To help answer those questions, I've collected relevant  excerpts from my book in this post.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;While the Red Hat exams don't test hardware, the RHCSA includes several  objectives associated with Kernel-based Virtual Machines (KVM). To meet  the RHCE objectives, you'll need to set up multiple systems (which can  be on virtual machines), along with knowledge of RHCSA requirements. The  packages required to host KVM-based virtual machines are available only  on the 64-bit releases of RHEL 6. As Scientific Linux 6 and CentOS 6  use Red Hat source code, KVM-based virtual machines are available only  the the 64-bit versions of those distributions as well.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Summary: To meet the objectives associated with the RHCSA/RHCE exams --
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;1) You should have a 64-bit physical system with hardware virtualization  enabled, preferably with multiple CPUs or a CPU with multiple cores
&lt;br /&gt;2) You'll need sufficient RAM for at least two virtual machines on the host system (4GB  or more would be ideal)
&lt;br /&gt;3) While not strictly a hardware requirement, you may want to modify  some hardware-related settings to extend the life of some hard drives.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;If you're using RHEL 6 (or one of the rebuild distributions such as  CentOS-6 or Scientific Linux 6), KVM host software is available only on  the 64-bit releases.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;As I've noted in the introduction to my book &lt;a href="http://www.amazon.com/RHCSA-Linux-Certification-Study-Guide/dp/0071765654/" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.amazon.com/RHCSA-Linux-Ce...dp/0071765654/&lt;/a&gt; ,
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="margin:20px; margin-top:5px; "&gt; 	&lt;div class="smallfont" style="margin-bottom:2px"&gt;Quote:&lt;/div&gt; 	&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt; 	&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt; 		&lt;td class="bbcodeblock" style="border:1px inset"&gt; 			 				The RHCSA objectives specify a number of points associated with  virtual machines. The default RHEL 6 solution uses the Kernel based  Virtual Machine (KVM). Red Hat supports KVM as a host only on physical  systems with 64-bit CPUs. Therefore, to study for the KVM-related  objectives for the RHCSA, you’ll need physical hardware that can handle a  64-bit version of RHEL 6. 			 		&lt;/td&gt; 	&lt;/tr&gt; 	&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;/div&gt;In the book, at the end of that paragraph, I made a mistake.  32-bit versions of Scientific Linux 6 do not include KVM host software.  That will be noted in the errata. (While you may be able to use 32-bit  versions of Fedora for KVM, I haven't tested that. Even if it's  possible, it would bring up other problems related to the differences  between Fedora and RHEL 6.)
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;The paragraph that follows is also important, and may also apply to some of you who are studying on desktop systems.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="margin:20px; margin-top:5px; "&gt; 	&lt;div class="smallfont" style="margin-bottom:2px"&gt;Quote:&lt;/div&gt; 	&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt; 	&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt; 		&lt;td class="bbcodeblock" style="border:1px inset"&gt; 			 				And you should expect to install two or more virtual machines on  that 64-bit physical system. Virtual hosts work better on systems with  multiple CPUs or systems with multicore CPUs. So to avoid hardware that  slows your studies, you’ll want a 64-bit physical system with at least  2GB and preferably 4GB of RAM. (I prepared this book on a 64-bit system  with 8GB of RAM.) If you’re using a laptop system, read the information  from &lt;a href="https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=667485" target="_blank"&gt;https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=667485&lt;/a&gt;. If the listed bug has not been resolved by the time you read this, the useful lifetime of your hard drive may depend on it. 			 		&lt;/td&gt; 	&lt;/tr&gt; 	&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;/div&gt;In Chapter 1, I supplement this discussion with the following information:
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="margin:20px; margin-top:5px; "&gt; 	&lt;div class="smallfont" style="margin-bottom:2px"&gt;Quote:&lt;/div&gt; 	&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt; 	&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt; 		&lt;td class="bbcodeblock" style="border:1px inset"&gt; 			 				If you’re planning to configure VMs on RHEL 6, be sure to choose an  architecture that supports hardware-assisted virtualization, along with  Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) or Universal Extensible Firmware &lt;span class="kLink" style="text-decoration: underline !important;position:static;font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue !important; font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;position:static;color:blue;" &gt;&lt;span class="kLink" style="color: blue !important; font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;position:static;"&gt;Interface&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;  (UEFI) menu options that allow you to activate hardware-assisted  virtualization. A configuration that supports hardware-assisted  virtualization will have either the vmx (Intel) or svm (AMD) flags in  the /proc/cpuinfo file.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Be aware, RHEL 6 installations on 32-bit systems with UEFI menus are not supported. 			 		&lt;/td&gt; 	&lt;/tr&gt; 	&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;/div&gt;While I've looked at just a few hardware systems, published  reports suggest that computers with appropriate CPUs from AMD  automatically have hardware virtualization enabled. I include the  following "On The Job" element that should help if you're shopping for  an appropriate system:
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="margin:20px; margin-top:5px; "&gt; 	&lt;div class="smallfont" style="margin-bottom:2px"&gt;Quote:&lt;/div&gt; 	&lt;table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" width="100%"&gt; 	&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt; 		&lt;td class="bbcodeblock" style="border:1px inset"&gt; 			 				If you’re not sure about a system, see if you can try it out at the  “store” with one of the “Live CD” distributions. If allowed by store  personnel, boot the system from that Live CD (or DVD). Once booted, you  should be able to access the /proc/cpuinfo file from the &lt;a id="KonaLink1" class="kLink" style="text-decoration: underline !important;position:static;font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;" href="http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/#"&gt;&lt;span style="color: blue !important; font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;position:static;color:blue;" &gt;&lt;span class="kLink" style="color: blue !important; font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;position:static;"&gt;command &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="kLink" style="color: blue !important; font-family:inherit !important;font-weight:inherit !important;font-size:inherit !important;position:static;"&gt;line&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.  You may need to tinker a bit with the BIOS or UEFI menus. A system  configured to support hardware-assisted virtualization will have the vmx  or svm flags in that file, even when read from a Live CD distribution. 			 		&lt;/td&gt; 	&lt;/tr&gt; 	&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt; &lt;/div&gt;While there's no "Live CD" of RHEL 6, there are Live CD versions of both Scientific Linux 6 and CentOS 6.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Finally, if you're using a laptop system (some desktop systems may also  be affected), be aware that the default Linux settings (including RHEL  6) may result in very frequent cycling of --some-- hard drives. Without  changes, hard drives on some systems have been known to last only a few  months. For more information, see &lt;a href="https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=667485" target="_blank"&gt;https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=667485&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Known_issues#Hardware_compatibility_issues" target="_blank"&gt;https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.ph...ibility_issues&lt;/a&gt; . Personally, I've included the following command as a workaround in my /etc/rc.local file:
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;/sbin/hdparm -B 200 /dev/sda&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;One common alternative is:
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;/sbin/hdparm -B 254 /dev/sda&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Source&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt; http://www.linuxquestions.org/questions/linux-certification-46/appropriate-hardware-to-study-for-the-rhcsa-rhce-exams-899466/
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; 			&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-3651520499737960937?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MPjZ9JhmDKRHNf2wrt_Y7FT5-Gs/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MPjZ9JhmDKRHNf2wrt_Y7FT5-Gs/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MPjZ9JhmDKRHNf2wrt_Y7FT5-Gs/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MPjZ9JhmDKRHNf2wrt_Y7FT5-Gs/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/enoTQmMbrXM" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/3651520499737960937/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=3651520499737960937" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3651520499737960937?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3651520499737960937?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/enoTQmMbrXM/appropriate-hardware-to-study-for.html" title="Appropriate Hardware to study for the RHCSA/RHCE exams" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/08/appropriate-hardware-to-study-for.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkcCQnk8eip7ImA9WhdQEEk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-7808772429202569488</id><published>2011-08-11T10:27:00.001+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-11T10:34:23.772+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-11T10:34:23.772+03:00</app:edited><title>RH135   Course</title><content type="html">RH135
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;---------
&lt;br /&gt;RH135
&lt;br /&gt;Day 10
&lt;br /&gt;---------
&lt;br /&gt;Automated Installation of Red Hat Enterprise Linux
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;using kickstart, a system administrator can create a single file (.cfg file) which contains the answers to all the
&lt;br /&gt;questions typically asked during an installation. this file can be accessed to the installer (for example RHEL cd/dvd or
&lt;br /&gt;rhcectg file in our LAB) to automate installation of RedHat Enterprise Linux.
&lt;br /&gt;Steps for kickstart installation
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;01. Create a kickstart file
&lt;br /&gt;- Using system-config-kickstart
&lt;br /&gt;- using /root/anaconda-ks.cfg file from a alrady insalled RHEL box
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;02. Make the Kickstart file available to the Installer
&lt;br /&gt;Network servers: FTP, HTTP, NFS
&lt;br /&gt;DHCP/TFTP server
&lt;br /&gt;USB Disk or CD-ROM
&lt;br /&gt;Local hard disk
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;03. Boot the installer
&lt;br /&gt;- Installation Disks
&lt;br /&gt;- PXE Boot
&lt;br /&gt;- boot.iso
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;04. Point the installer to the kickstart file
&lt;br /&gt;ks=http://server/dir/file
&lt;br /&gt;ks=ftp://server/dir/file
&lt;br /&gt;ks=nfs:server:/dir/file
&lt;br /&gt;ks=hd:/device/dir/file
&lt;br /&gt;ks=cdrom:/dir/file
&lt;br /&gt;LAB Practice:
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rubence.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=95&amp;amp;Itemid=88"&gt;http://rubence.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=95&amp;amp;Itemid=88&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-7808772429202569488?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kyhqwP2t9tax3Zb6B74UyIj7xtw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kyhqwP2t9tax3Zb6B74UyIj7xtw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kyhqwP2t9tax3Zb6B74UyIj7xtw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/kyhqwP2t9tax3Zb6B74UyIj7xtw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/UkOmc4MXzmQ" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/7808772429202569488/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=7808772429202569488" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7808772429202569488?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7808772429202569488?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/UkOmc4MXzmQ/rh135-course.html" title="RH135   Course" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/08/rh135-course.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUECSXk4eyp7ImA9WhdQEEk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-6336107652485173060</id><published>2011-08-11T10:24:00.002+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-11T10:27:48.733+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-11T10:27:48.733+03:00</app:edited><title>RH124  Course</title><content type="html">RH124  Course and RH135 Course
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Day 01:
&lt;br /&gt;---------
&lt;br /&gt;Introduction
&lt;br /&gt;Linux History
&lt;br /&gt;Linux Installation I
&lt;br /&gt;Introduction to vi editor
&lt;br /&gt;Basic commands I
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Day 02:
&lt;br /&gt;--------
&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Graphical Desktop
&lt;br /&gt;Nautilus
&lt;br /&gt;NTP
&lt;br /&gt;Printer, Print jobs and queues
&lt;br /&gt;Basic commands II
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Day 03:
&lt;br /&gt;--------
&lt;br /&gt;Manage Physical Storage I
&lt;br /&gt;Manage Logical Volumes
&lt;br /&gt;Monitor System Resources
&lt;br /&gt;Manage System software
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Day 04:
&lt;br /&gt;-------
&lt;br /&gt;Bash
&lt;br /&gt;man, whatis, pinfo
&lt;br /&gt;Network concept and configuration
&lt;br /&gt;Users, Groups and File Management
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Day 05:
&lt;br /&gt;-------
&lt;br /&gt;File Permissions
&lt;br /&gt;Remote access and configuration
&lt;br /&gt;Manage Physical Storage II
&lt;br /&gt;Linux Installation II
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;Day 06:
&lt;br /&gt;-------
&lt;br /&gt;Virtual Machine
&lt;br /&gt;Boot Process
&lt;br /&gt;File sharing service (Deploying FTP server and Web Server)
&lt;br /&gt;Firewall and SELinux
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rubence.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=77&amp;amp;Itemid=77"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;http://rubence.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=article&amp;amp;id=77&amp;amp;Itemid=77&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-6336107652485173060?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Ky_l0c6lRmNPpVzHa6rIfMczB0/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Ky_l0c6lRmNPpVzHa6rIfMczB0/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Ky_l0c6lRmNPpVzHa6rIfMczB0/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/0Ky_l0c6lRmNPpVzHa6rIfMczB0/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/NN8cRg4moG8" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/6336107652485173060/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=6336107652485173060" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/6336107652485173060?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/6336107652485173060?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/NN8cRg4moG8/rh124-course.html" title="RH124  Course" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/08/rh124-course.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;AkMEQ3o8fSp7ImA9WhdSE0g.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-1612090227734189833</id><published>2011-07-22T21:08:00.002+03:00</published><updated>2011-07-22T21:13:22.475+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-07-22T21:13:22.475+03:00</app:edited><title>RedHat System Administration 1 RH124 Slides</title><content type="html">RH124-RHEL6-en-1-20101029-slides&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Course Description&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Red Hat System Administration I (RH124) is designed for IT professionals who are new to Linux and require core Red Hat Enterprise Linux skills. Focused on administration tasks that will be encountered in the workplace, this course will actively engage students in task-focused activities, lab-based knowledge checks, and facilitative discussions to ensure maximum skill transfer and retention. In addition, GUI-based tools will be featured to build on the students' existing technical knowledge, while key command line concepts will be introduced to provide a foundation for students planning to become full-time Linux system administrators. By the end of the five-day course, students will be able to perform installation, establish network connectivity, manage physical storage, and perform basic security administration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Check out the complete course outline for more details.&lt;br /&gt;Audience&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   Microsoft Windows system administrators who need to quickly learn core Red Hat Enterprise Linux proficiencies&lt;br /&gt;   System administrators, network administrators, and other IT professionals who require proficiency performing core tasks in Linux&lt;br /&gt;   Non-Linux IT professionals on the path to becoming full-time Linux system administrators&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prerequisites&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   Previous operating system administration experience is helpful but not required&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Course Content&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   Graphical installation of Linux&lt;br /&gt;   Managing physical storage&lt;br /&gt;   Introduction to the command line&lt;br /&gt;   Learning how to install and configure local components and services&lt;br /&gt;   Establishing network and securing network services&lt;br /&gt;   Managing and securing files&lt;br /&gt;   Administrating users and groups&lt;br /&gt;   Deploying file sharing services&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://wenku.baidu.com/view/c8cd16134431b90d6c85c7df.html"&gt;http://wenku.baidu.com/view/c8cd16134431b90d6c85c7df.html&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-1612090227734189833?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Jdm1mxPShjiESCiauinAtpSrfKQ/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Jdm1mxPShjiESCiauinAtpSrfKQ/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Jdm1mxPShjiESCiauinAtpSrfKQ/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Jdm1mxPShjiESCiauinAtpSrfKQ/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/hir5V9Z07eA" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/1612090227734189833/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=1612090227734189833" title="2 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/1612090227734189833?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/1612090227734189833?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/hir5V9Z07eA/redhat-system-administration-1-rh124.html" title="RedHat System Administration 1 RH124 Slides" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>2</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/redhat-system-administration-1-rh124.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DU8ESXoyfip7ImA9WhdTFUQ.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-6263519295069043562</id><published>2011-07-14T01:54:00.001+03:00</published><updated>2011-07-14T01:56:48.496+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-07-14T01:56:48.496+03:00</app:edited><title>RHCE Online Text Book</title><content type="html">RHCE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Red Hat Certified Engineer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(DAY 1)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Section 1 - Installing Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-practice time the lab is open&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-test is on a Tuesday in 4 weeks&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First Stage is available in three supported versions:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   boot.iso - used&lt;br /&gt;   diskboot.img - is a VFAT file system for use with USB pendrives&lt;br /&gt;   pxeboot&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Second Stage is Anaconda&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-The Text MOde Installtion Interface can be selected by typing the command 'linux text' at the boot: prompt. This will load an ncurses-based interface. Should only be used if the system is not capable for displaying the GUI.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-The Graphical Installtion Interface is the default interface for Anaconda. This interface will start XOrg&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Install Methods&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   NFS - usually the fastest method&lt;br /&gt;   HTTP&lt;br /&gt;   FTP&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After you have provided Anaconda with the installation method, the installer will detect your hardware, and you will then be prompted...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Virtual Consoles&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   CTRL + ALT + F1 - text installtion display&lt;br /&gt;   CTRL + ALT + F2 - bash shell prompt&lt;br /&gt;   CTRL + ALT + F3 - lists a log of installation messages&lt;br /&gt;   CTRL + ALT + F4 - lists kernel messages&lt;br /&gt;   CTRL + ALT + F5 - lists partition information&lt;br /&gt;   CTRL + ALT + F6 - graphical installtion display&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;note: can change over to the shell to start work early.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installation Number&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   NOT a "serial number"&lt;br /&gt;   Selects a default set of packages and authorizes the server to offer certain extra "Feature Sets" (package groups) corresponding to things like enhanced virtualization support and the suite of cluster tools.&lt;br /&gt;   can be skipped&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;a href="http://linux.empulsegroup.com/rhce.html" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;More Reading&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-6263519295069043562?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JiotRmdHBBhSNXKfAiXpSmw7vdw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JiotRmdHBBhSNXKfAiXpSmw7vdw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JiotRmdHBBhSNXKfAiXpSmw7vdw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/JiotRmdHBBhSNXKfAiXpSmw7vdw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/Q1azVXrHLt4" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/6263519295069043562/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=6263519295069043562" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/6263519295069043562?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/6263519295069043562?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/Q1azVXrHLt4/rhce-online-text-book.html" title="RHCE Online Text Book" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/rhce-online-text-book.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUANSXk-fCp7ImA9WhdRFkk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-7248600307089231115</id><published>2011-07-14T01:51:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-06T19:23:18.754+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-06T19:23:18.754+03:00</app:edited><title>PART05::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation</title><content type="html">&lt;div style="text-align: center; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;*Note* If user name and password required use the User:linux Password:rhel5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;     IST193: Linux Security Administration (Shell Script Programming)    &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This course contains &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Catalog Course Description&lt;/strong&gt;: This course will provide  students with the skills necessary to implement and administer basic  Linux security policies, including authentication, securing network  applications, system monitoring, encryption, and others.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Purpose of the Course&lt;/strong&gt;: Students will learn how to  configure and administer various Linux security features including  Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM), TCP Wrappers, and kernel level  firewalling using iptables; as well as advanced administration of user  authentication, password management, system monitoring, and data  encryption.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Lecture Slides&lt;/strong&gt; , &lt;strong&gt;Lecture MP3 Podcasts,workshops and LABS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;a href="https://linux1.beausanders.org/IST193/" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;View Course &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-7248600307089231115?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o3pQZ5-8Pn0EeNnMcuF8yq243S4/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o3pQZ5-8Pn0EeNnMcuF8yq243S4/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o3pQZ5-8Pn0EeNnMcuF8yq243S4/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o3pQZ5-8Pn0EeNnMcuF8yq243S4/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/X6dM30LH2CI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/7248600307089231115/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=7248600307089231115" title="2 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7248600307089231115?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7248600307089231115?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/X6dM30LH2CI/note-if-user-name-and-password-required_14.html" title="PART05::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>2</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/note-if-user-name-and-password-required_14.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUACRXoyeCp7ImA9WhdRFkk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-3948050325309391024</id><published>2011-07-14T01:42:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-06T19:22:44.490+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-06T19:22:44.490+03:00</app:edited><title>PART04::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation</title><content type="html">&lt;div style="text-align: center; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;*Note* If user name and password required use the User:linux Password:rhel5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;      IST192: Linux Network Applications   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Catalog Course Description&lt;/strong&gt;:  This course will  provide students with the skills necessary to deploy and administer the  core network services in a Linux system, such as Apache Web Server,  Samba File Server, BIND Domain Name Service, Network File Service (NFS),  and others.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Purpose of the Course&lt;/strong&gt;:    Students will learn how to  install and configure Linux network services including Apache Web  Server, Squid Proxy Server, Berkley Domain Name Service (BIND), Network  File Service (NFS), Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), Samba  File Service (SMB), and Sendmail E-mail Service.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This course contains &lt;strong&gt;Lecture Slides&lt;/strong&gt; , &lt;strong&gt;Lecture MP3 Podcasts,workshops and LABS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;a href="https://beausanders.org/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=category&amp;amp;layout=blog&amp;amp;id=86&amp;amp;Itemid=203" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;View Course &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-3948050325309391024?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/8b8OG9CIuv1xLG_C8TZjU5Bk2lM/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/8b8OG9CIuv1xLG_C8TZjU5Bk2lM/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/8b8OG9CIuv1xLG_C8TZjU5Bk2lM/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/8b8OG9CIuv1xLG_C8TZjU5Bk2lM/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/jBMVldSGgHo" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/3948050325309391024/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=3948050325309391024" title="4 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3948050325309391024?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3948050325309391024?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/jBMVldSGgHo/note-if-user-name-and-password-required.html" title="PART04::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>4</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/note-if-user-name-and-password-required.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUAASX0zfip7ImA9WhdRFkk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-4768384605009057566</id><published>2011-07-14T01:37:00.004+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-06T19:22:28.386+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-06T19:22:28.386+03:00</app:edited><title>PART03::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation</title><content type="html">&lt;div style="text-align: center; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;*Note* If user name and password required use the User:linux Password:rhel5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(204, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;      IST191: Linux Systems Administration   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Catalog Course Description&lt;/strong&gt;: This course will provide  students with the skills necessary to administer a Linux system  including hardware/software configuration, user and group  administration, Linux network configuration, and file system management.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Purpose of the Course&lt;/strong&gt;: Students will learn to install  and configure Linux, manage the Linux filesystem, understand the Linux  boot process, administer Linux users and groups, and become familiar  with various Linux administrative tools.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This course contains &lt;strong&gt;Lecture Slides&lt;/strong&gt; , &lt;strong&gt;Lecture MP3 Podcasts,workshops and LABS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;a href="https://beausanders.org/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=category&amp;amp;layout=blog&amp;amp;id=36&amp;amp;Itemid=67" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;span target="_blank"  style="font-size:130%;"&gt;View Course &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-4768384605009057566?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/G-eL9rRdiT4mDG1Gc9DM7DHj14Y/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/G-eL9rRdiT4mDG1Gc9DM7DHj14Y/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/G-eL9rRdiT4mDG1Gc9DM7DHj14Y/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/G-eL9rRdiT4mDG1Gc9DM7DHj14Y/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/uhhZ9BQuf-4" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/4768384605009057566/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=4768384605009057566" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/4768384605009057566?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/4768384605009057566?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/uhhZ9BQuf-4/part03rhcsa-rhce-rhel6-great-materials.html" title="PART03::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/part03rhcsa-rhce-rhel6-great-materials.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DUAGQn8zfSp7ImA9WhdRFkk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-8327552761757550456</id><published>2011-07-14T01:28:00.007+03:00</published><updated>2011-08-06T19:22:03.185+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-08-06T19:22:03.185+03:00</app:edited><title>PART02::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation</title><content type="html">&lt;div style="text-align: center; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-weight: bold;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:180%;"&gt;*Note* If user name and password required use the User:linux Password:rhel5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);font-size:130%;" &gt;IST190: Linux Essentials&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Catalog Course Description&lt;/strong&gt;: This course will provide  students with the fundamental knowledge and concepts of the Linux  operating system including command line functions, file systems, user  and group administration, process management, text editors, and network  applications.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Purpose of the Course&lt;/strong&gt;: Students will learn to be  effective users of Linux systems acquiring skills and understanding of  command line functions, file systems, users and groups, bash shell,  process management, text editors, network applications, searching and  organizing data, and graphical applications.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This course contains &lt;strong&gt;Lecture Slides&lt;/strong&gt; , &lt;strong&gt;Lecture MP3 Podcasts,workshops and LABS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(204, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;a href="https://beausanders.org/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=category&amp;amp;layout=blog&amp;amp;id=35&amp;amp;Itemid=66" target="_blank"&gt;View Course &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-8327552761757550456?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/AUzg32qafpxtHoVr27YWQYNlTEw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/AUzg32qafpxtHoVr27YWQYNlTEw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/AUzg32qafpxtHoVr27YWQYNlTEw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/AUzg32qafpxtHoVr27YWQYNlTEw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/KMPsY7eAFHU" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/8327552761757550456/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=8327552761757550456" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/8327552761757550456?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/8327552761757550456?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/KMPsY7eAFHU/part02rhcsa-rhce-rhel6-great-materials.html" title="PART02::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/part02rhcsa-rhce-rhel6-great-materials.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DkANQ3s9eyp7ImA9WhdTFUQ.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-1896457609553903375</id><published>2011-07-14T00:56:00.007+03:00</published><updated>2011-07-14T01:06:32.563+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2011-07-14T01:06:32.563+03:00</app:edited><title>PART01::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation</title><content type="html">1-Rackspace slides by Nathan Isburgh for RHCSA RedHat Enterprise Linux 6&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/00-Intro.pdf"&gt;00-Intro.pdf&lt;/a&gt;            23-Mar-2011 09:01  1.8M &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/01-Boot_Process.pdf"&gt;01-Boot_Process.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     23-Mar-2011 09:01  4.1M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/02-Package_Management.pdf"&gt;02-Package_Managemen..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 23-Mar-2011 09:01  1.9M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/03-System_Administration.pdf"&gt;03-System_Administra..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 23-Mar-2011 09:02  7.2M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/04-Filesystem_Administration.pdf"&gt;04-Filesystem_Admini..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 24-May-2011 12:41  5.8M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/05-Users_and_Groups.pdf"&gt;05-Users_and_Groups.pdf&lt;/a&gt; 23-Mar-2011 09:02  3.2M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/06-Kernel_Features.pdf"&gt;06-Kernel_Features.pdf&lt;/a&gt;  23-Mar-2011 09:02  2.9M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/07-File_Sharing.pdf"&gt;07-File_Sharing.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     23-Mar-2011 09:02  1.1M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/08-Web_Services.pdf"&gt;08-Web_Services.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     23-Mar-2011 09:03  1.3M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/09-Network_Security.pdf"&gt;09-Network_Security.pdf&lt;/a&gt; 23-Mar-2011 09:03  2.6M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/10-Virtualization.pdf"&gt;10-Virtualization.pdf&lt;/a&gt;   23-Mar-2011 09:03  1.1M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhel6/Book.pdf"&gt;Book.pdf&lt;/a&gt; &lt;span style="font-family: monospace;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;1-Rackspace slides by Nathan Isburgh for RHCE  RedHat Enterprise Linux 6&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: monospace;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/00-Intro.pdf"&gt;00-Intro.pdf&lt;/a&gt;            11-Jul-2011 03:08  1.7M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/01-Boot_Process.pdf"&gt;01-Boot_Process.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     11-Jul-2011 03:08  4.1M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/02-Package_Management.pdf"&gt;02-Package_Managemen..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 03:08  1.9M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/03-System_Administration.pdf"&gt;03-System_Administra..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 08:02  7.6M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/04-Filesystem_Administration.pdf"&gt;04-Filesystem_Admini..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 03:07  5.7M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/05-Users_and_Groups.pdf"&gt;05-Users_and_Groups.pdf&lt;/a&gt; 12-Jul-2011 06:02  3.2M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/06-Kernel_Features.pdf"&gt;06-Kernel_Features.pdf&lt;/a&gt;  11-Jul-2011 15:00  3.2M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/07-File_Sharing.pdf"&gt;07-File_Sharing.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     11-Jul-2011 03:07  1.1M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/08-Web_Services.pdf"&gt;08-Web_Services.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     11-Jul-2011 03:07  1.3M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/09-Network_Security.pdf"&gt;09-Network_Security.pdf&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 03:06  2.6M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/10-Virtualization.pdf"&gt;10-Virtualization.pdf&lt;/a&gt;   11-Jul-2011 03:06  1.2M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/11-System_Administration.pdf"&gt;11-System_Administra..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 14:59  3.7M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/12-PAM_Kerberos_RAID.pdf"&gt;12-PAM_Kerberos_RAID..&amp;gt;&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 03:05  1.9M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/13-File_Sharing.pdf"&gt;13-File_Sharing.pdf&lt;/a&gt;     11-Jul-2011 03:04  2.6M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/14-CGI_Squid.pdf"&gt;14-CGI_Squid.pdf&lt;/a&gt;        11-Jul-2011 03:04  1.7M&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/15-Network_Services.pdf"&gt;15-Network_Services.pdf&lt;/a&gt; 11-Jul-2011 03:04  1.3M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/16-DNS.pdf"&gt;16-DNS.pdf&lt;/a&gt;              11-Jul-2011 03:04  4.0M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/17-Email_Services.pdf"&gt;17-Email_Services.pdf&lt;/a&gt;   11-Jul-2011 03:03  1.8M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/18-RPM_iSCSI.pdf"&gt;18-RPM_iSCSI.pdf&lt;/a&gt;        11-Jul-2011 03:03  3.2M        &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://rackspace.edgecloud.com/rhcsa-rhce-rhel6/Book.pdf"&gt;Book.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-1896457609553903375?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vbGE-87mg3Ux76Nb0xB0GChLFFI/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vbGE-87mg3Ux76Nb0xB0GChLFFI/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vbGE-87mg3Ux76Nb0xB0GChLFFI/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/vbGE-87mg3Ux76Nb0xB0GChLFFI/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/KAkVBuGNI60" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/1896457609553903375/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=1896457609553903375" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/1896457609553903375?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/1896457609553903375?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/KAkVBuGNI60/part01rhcsa-rhce-rhel6-great-materials.html" title="PART01::RHCSA RHCE RHEL6 Great Materials Resources pdf ppt books slides simulation" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2011/07/part01rhcsa-rhce-rhel6-great-materials.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkUBR3s7cCp7ImA9WxFWE04.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-3626901964370869002</id><published>2010-05-31T21:19:00.006+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-31T21:24:16.508+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-31T21:24:16.508+03:00</app:edited><title>RHCE rh302 exam questions Part01</title><content type="html">RHCE rh302 exam questions Part02RHCE EXAM&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Exam :  RH302&lt;br /&gt;Title    :  Red Hat Certified Engineer on Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux&lt;br /&gt;Ver     :   01.18.08&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;1&lt;br /&gt;Change the root Password to redtophat&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.  Boot the system in Single user mode&lt;br /&gt;2.  Use the passwd command&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;2&lt;br /&gt;Dig Server1.example.com, Resolve to successfully through DNS Where DNS server&lt;br /&gt;is 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;#vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;nameserver 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;# dig server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;#host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;DNS is the Domain Name System, which maintains a database that can help your&lt;br /&gt;computer translate domain names such as www.redhat.com to IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;216.148.218.197. As no individual DNS server is large enough to keep a database for the&lt;br /&gt;entire Internet, they can refer requests to other DNS servers.&lt;br /&gt;DNS is based on the named daemon, which is built on the BIND (Berkeley Internet&lt;br /&gt;Name Domain) package developed through the Internet Software Consortium&lt;br /&gt;Users wants to access by name so DNS will interpret the name into ip address. You need&lt;br /&gt;to specify the Address if DNS server in each and every client machine. In Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux, you need to specify the DNS server into /etc/resolv.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;After Specifying the DNS server address, you can verify using host, dig and nslookup&lt;br /&gt;commands.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;3&lt;br /&gt;Create the partition having 100MB size and mount it on /mnt/neo&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Use fdisk /dev/hda-&gt; To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;2. Type n-&gt; For New partitions&lt;br /&gt;3. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;5. Type the Size: +100M-&gt; You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;6. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;7. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;8. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;9. Use mkfs -t ext3 /dev/hda? Where ? is your partition number&lt;br /&gt;10. Or&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;11. mke2fs -j /dev/hda? To create ext3 filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;12. mkdir /mnt/neo&lt;br /&gt;13. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;14. Write:&lt;br /&gt;15. /dev/hda? /mnt/neo ext3 defaults 1 2&lt;br /&gt;16. Verify by mounting on current Sessions also:&lt;br /&gt;17. mount /dev/hda? /mnt/neo&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;4&lt;br /&gt;Your System is going use as a router for 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. Enable the&lt;br /&gt;IP Forwarding.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.  echo “1″ &gt;/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;2.  vi /etc/sysctl.conf&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward=1&lt;br /&gt;/proc is the virtual filesystem, containing the information about the running kernel. To&lt;br /&gt;change the parameter of running kernel you should modify on /proc. From Next reboot&lt;br /&gt;the system, kernel will take the value from /etc/sysctl.conf.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;5&lt;br /&gt;Some users home directory is shared from your system. Using showmount -e&lt;br /&gt;localhost command, the shared directory is not shown. Make access the shared users&lt;br /&gt;home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.   Verify the File whether Shared or not ? : cat /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;2.    Start the nfs service: service nfs start&lt;br /&gt;3.    Start the portmap service: service portmap start&lt;br /&gt;4.    Make automatically start the nfs service on next reboot: chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;5.    Make automatically start the portmap service on next reboot: chkconfig portmap&lt;br /&gt;on&lt;br /&gt;6.   Verify either sharing or not: showmount -e localhost&lt;br /&gt;7.    Check that default firewall is running on system ? if running flush the iptables&lt;br /&gt;using iptables -F and stop the iptables service.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;6&lt;br /&gt;neo user tried by:&lt;br /&gt;dd if=/dev/zero of=/home/neo/somefile bs=1024 count=70&lt;br /&gt;files created successfully. Again neo tried to create file having 70K using following&lt;br /&gt;command:&lt;br /&gt;dd if=/dev/zero of=/home/neo/somefile bs=1024 count=70&lt;br /&gt;But he is unable to create the file. Make the user can create the file less then 70K.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Very Tricky question from redhat. Actually question is giving scenario to you to&lt;br /&gt;implement quota to neo user. You should apply the quota to neo user on /home that neo&lt;br /&gt;user shouldn’t occupied space more than 70K.&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;LABEL=/home    /home      ext3        defaults,usrquota        0 0&lt;br /&gt;To enable the quota on filesystem you should mount the filesystem with usrquota for user&lt;br /&gt;quota and grpquota for group quota.&lt;br /&gt;2. touch /home/aquota.user -&gt;Creating blank quota database file.&lt;br /&gt;3. mount -o remount /home-&gt; Remounting the /home with updated mount options.&lt;br /&gt;You can verify that /home is mounted with usrquota options or not using mount&lt;br /&gt;command.&lt;br /&gt;4. quotacheck -u /home -&gt;Initialization the quota on /home&lt;br /&gt;5. edquota -u neo /home-&gt; Quota Policy editor&lt;br /&gt;See the snapshot&lt;br /&gt;Disk quotas for user neo (uid 500):&lt;br /&gt;Filesystem                      blocks      soft      hard      inodes       soft        hard&lt;br /&gt;/dev/mapper/vo-myvol      2             30       70           1               0           0&lt;br /&gt;Can you set the hard limit 70 and soft limit as you think like 30.&lt;br /&gt;Verify using the repquota /home command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;7&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume is created named as myvol under vo volume group and is&lt;br /&gt;mounted. The Initial Size of that Logical Volume is 124MB. Make successfully that&lt;br /&gt;the size of Logical Volume 245MB without losing any data. The size of logical&lt;br /&gt;volume 240MB to 255MB will be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     First check the size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;2.     Increase the Size of Logical Volume: lvextend -L+121M /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;3.     Make Available the size on online: resize2fs /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;4.     Verify the Size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;5.     Verify that the size comes in online or not: df -h&lt;br /&gt;We can extend the size of logical Volume using the lvextend command. As well as to&lt;br /&gt;decrease the size of Logical Volume, use the lvresize command. In LVM v2 we can&lt;br /&gt;extend the size of Logical Volume without unmount as well as we can bring the actual&lt;br /&gt;size of Logical Volume on online using ext2online command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;8&lt;br /&gt;Quota is implemented on /data but not working properly. Find out the&lt;br /&gt;Problem and implement the quota to user1 to have a soft limit 60 inodes&lt;br /&gt;(files) and hard limit of 70 inodes (files).&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Quotas are used to limit a user’s or a group of users’ ability to consume disk space. This&lt;br /&gt;prevents a small group of users from monopolizing disk capacity and potentially&lt;br /&gt;interfering with other users or the entire system. Disk quotas are commonly used by ISPs,&lt;br /&gt;by Web hosting companies, on FTP sites, and on corporate file servers to ensure&lt;br /&gt;continued availability of their systems.&lt;br /&gt;Without quotas, one or more users can upload files on an FTP server to the point of&lt;br /&gt;filling a filesystem. Once the affected partition is full, other users are effectively denied&lt;br /&gt;upload access to the disk. This is also a reason to mount different filesystem directories&lt;br /&gt;on different partitions. For example, if you only had partitions for your root (/) directory&lt;br /&gt;and swap space, someone uploading to your computer could fill up all of the space in&lt;br /&gt;your root directory (/). Without at least a little free space in the root directory (/), your&lt;br /&gt;system could become unstable or even crash.&lt;br /&gt;You have two ways to set quotas for users. You can limit users by inodes or by kilobytesized&lt;br /&gt;disk blocks. Every Linux file requires an inode. Therefore, you can limit users by&lt;br /&gt;the number of files or by absolute space. You can set up different quotas for different&lt;br /&gt;filesystems. For example, you can set different quotas for users on the /home and /tmp&lt;br /&gt;directories if they are mounted on their own partitions.&lt;br /&gt;Limits on disk blocks restrict the amount of disk space available to a user on your system.&lt;br /&gt;Older versions of Red Hat Linux included LinuxConf, which included a graphical tool to&lt;br /&gt;configure quotas. As of this writing, Red Hat no longer has a graphical quota&lt;br /&gt;configuration tool. Today, you can configure quotas on RHEL only through the command&lt;br /&gt;line interface.&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda11 /data ext3 defaults,usrquota 1 2&lt;br /&gt;2. Either Reboot the System or remount the partition.&lt;br /&gt;Mount -o remount /dev/hda11 /data&lt;br /&gt;3. touch /data/aquota.user&lt;br /&gt;4. quotacheck -ufm /data&lt;br /&gt;5. quotaon -u /data&lt;br /&gt;6. edquota -u user1 /data&lt;br /&gt;and Specified the Soft limit and hard limit on opened file.&lt;br /&gt;To verify either quota is working or not:&lt;br /&gt;Soft limit specify the limit to generate warnings to users and hard limit can’t cross by the&lt;br /&gt;user. Use the quota command or repquota command to monitor the quota information.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;9&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume named lv1 is created under vg0. The Initial Size of that Logical&lt;br /&gt;Volume is 100MB. Now you required the size 500MB. Make successfully the size of&lt;br /&gt;that Logical Volume 500M without losing any data. As well as size should be&lt;br /&gt;increased online.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;The LVM system organizes hard disks into Logical Volume (LV) groups. Essentially,&lt;br /&gt;physical hard disk partitions (or possibly RAID arrays) are set up in a bunch of equalRH302&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;sized chunks known as Physical Extents (PE). As there are several other concepts&lt;br /&gt;associated with the LVM system, let’s start with some basic definitions:&lt;br /&gt;• Physical Volume (PV) is the standard partition that you add to the LVM mix.&lt;br /&gt;Normally, a physical volume is a standard primary or logical partition. It can also&lt;br /&gt;be a RAID array.&lt;br /&gt;• Physical Extent (PE) is a chunk of disk space. Every PV is divided into a number&lt;br /&gt;of equal sized PEs. Every PE in a LV group is the same size. Different LV groups&lt;br /&gt;can have different sized PEs.&lt;br /&gt;• Logical Extent (LE) is also a chunk of disk space. Every LE is mapped to a&lt;br /&gt;specific PE.&lt;br /&gt;• Logical Volume (LV) is composed of a group of LEs. You can mount a&lt;br /&gt;filesystem such as /home and /var on an LV.&lt;br /&gt;• Volume Group (VG) is composed of a group of LVs. It is the organizational&lt;br /&gt;group for LVM. Most of the commands that you’ll use apply to a specific VG.&lt;br /&gt;1. Verify the size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vg0/lv1&lt;br /&gt;2. Verify the Size on mounted directory: df -h or df -h mounted directory name&lt;br /&gt;3. Use : lvextend -L+400M /dev/vg0/lv1&lt;br /&gt;4. resize2fs /dev/vg0/lv1 to bring extended size online.&lt;br /&gt;5. Again Verify using lvdisplay and df -h command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;10&lt;br /&gt;Create one partitions having size 100MB and mount it on /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Use fdisk /dev/hda -&gt;To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;2. Type n-&gt; For New partitions&lt;br /&gt;3. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;5. Type the Size: +100M -&gt;You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;6. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;7. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;8. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;9. Use mkfs -t ext3 /dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;Or&lt;br /&gt;mke2fs -j /dev/hda? To create ext3 filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;10. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;Write:&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda?             /data          ext3          defaults             1 2&lt;br /&gt;11. Verify by mounting on current Sessions also:&lt;br /&gt;mount /dev/hda? /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;11&lt;br /&gt;You are new System Administrator and from now you are going to handle the&lt;br /&gt;system and your main task is Network monitoring, Backup and Restore. But you&lt;br /&gt;don’t know the root password. Change the root password to redhat and login in&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;default Runlevel.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;When you Boot the System, it starts on default Runlevel specified in /etc/inittab:&lt;br /&gt;Id:?:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;When System Successfully boot, it will ask for username and password. But you don’t&lt;br /&gt;know the root’s password. To change the root password you need to boot the system into&lt;br /&gt;single user mode. You can pass the kernel arguments from the boot loader.&lt;br /&gt;1.      Restart the System.&lt;br /&gt;2.      You will get the boot loader GRUB screen.&lt;br /&gt;3.      Press a and type 1 or s for single mode&lt;br /&gt;ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb queit s&lt;br /&gt;4.      System will boot on Single User mode.&lt;br /&gt;5.      Use passwd command to change.&lt;br /&gt;6.      Press ctrl+d&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;12&lt;br /&gt;There are more then 400 Computers in your Office. You are appointed as a System&lt;br /&gt;Administrator. But you don’t have Router. So, you are going to use your One Linux&lt;br /&gt;Server as a Router. How will you enable IP packets forward?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. /proc is the virtual filesystem, we use /proc to modify the kernel parameters at running&lt;br /&gt;time.&lt;br /&gt;# echo “1″ &gt;/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;2. /etc/sysctl.conf when System Reboot on next time, /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit scripts reads&lt;br /&gt;the file /etc/sysctl.conf.-&gt; To enable the IP forwarding on next reboot also you need to set&lt;br /&gt;the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward=1&lt;br /&gt;Here 0 means disable, 1 means enable.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;13&lt;br /&gt;You Completely Install the Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 on your System. While start&lt;br /&gt;the system, it’s giving error to load X window System. How will you fix that&lt;br /&gt;problem and make boot successfully run X Window System.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Think while Problems occurred on booting System on Runlevel 5 (X Window).&lt;br /&gt;1.    /tmp is full or not&lt;br /&gt;2.    Quota is already reached&lt;br /&gt;3.    Video card or resolution or monitor is misconfigured.&lt;br /&gt;4.    xfs service is running or not.&lt;br /&gt;Do These:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;1.   df -h /tmp /tmp is full remove the unnecessary file&lt;br /&gt;2.   quota username if quota is already reached remove unnecessary file from home&lt;br /&gt;directory.&lt;br /&gt;3.    Boot the System in runlevel 3. you can pass the Kernel Argument from boot&lt;br /&gt;loader.&lt;br /&gt;4.    Use command: system-config-display It will display a dialog to configure the&lt;br /&gt;monitor, Video card, resolution etc.&lt;br /&gt;5.    Set the Default Runlevel 5 in /etc/inittab&lt;br /&gt;id:5:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;6.    Reboot the System you will get the GUI login Screen.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;14&lt;br /&gt;There are two different networks, 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24. Your System is&lt;br /&gt;in 192.168.0.0/24 Network. One RHEL 5 Installed System is going to use as a&lt;br /&gt;Router. All required configuration is already done on Linux Server. Where&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254 and 192.168.1.254 IP Address are assigned on that Server. How will&lt;br /&gt;make successfully ping to 192.168.1.0/24 Network’s Host?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/sysconfig/network&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;vi /etc/sysconf/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0&lt;br /&gt;DEVICE=eth0&lt;br /&gt;BOOTPROTO=static&lt;br /&gt;ONBOOT=yes&lt;br /&gt;IPADDR=192.168.0.?&lt;br /&gt;NETMASK=255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2.           service network restart&lt;br /&gt;Explanation: Gateway defines the way to exit the packets. According to question System&lt;br /&gt;working as a router for two networks have IP Address 192.168.0.254 and 192.168.1.254.&lt;br /&gt;To get the hosts on 192.168.1.0/24 should go through 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;15&lt;br /&gt;Make a swap partition having 100MB. Make Automatically Usable at System Boot&lt;br /&gt;Time.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.   Use fdisk /dev/hda -&gt;To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;2.   Type n-&gt; For New partition&lt;br /&gt;3.   It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;4.   It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;5.   Type the Size: +100M -&gt;You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;6.   Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name. Default&lt;br /&gt;System ID is 83 that means Linux Native.&lt;br /&gt;7.   Type t to change the System ID of partition.&lt;br /&gt;8.   Type Partition Number&lt;br /&gt;9.   Type 82 that means Linux Swap.&lt;br /&gt;10.  Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;11.  Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;12.  mkswap /dev/hda? -&gt;To create Swap File system on partition.&lt;br /&gt;13.  swapon /dev/hda? -&gt;To enable the Swap space from partition.&lt;br /&gt;14.  free -m -&gt;Verify Either Swap is enabled or not.&lt;br /&gt;15.  vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda? swap swap defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;16.   Reboot the System and verify that swap is automatically enabled or not.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;16&lt;br /&gt;You are a System administrator. Using Log files very easy to monitor the system.&lt;br /&gt;Now there are 50 servers running as Mail, Web, Proxy, DNS services etc. You want&lt;br /&gt;to centralize the logs from all servers into on LOG Server. How will you configure&lt;br /&gt;the LOG Server to accept logs from remote host ?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;By Default system accept the logs only generated from local host. To accept the Log&lt;br /&gt;from other host configure:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/sysconfig/syslog&lt;br /&gt;SYSLOGD_OPTIONS=”-m 0 -r”&lt;br /&gt;Where&lt;br /&gt;-m 0 disables ‘MARK’ messages.&lt;br /&gt;-r enables logging from remote machines&lt;br /&gt;-x disables DNS lookups on messages recieved with -r&lt;br /&gt;2. service syslog restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;17&lt;br /&gt;You are giving the debug RHCT exam. The examiner told you that the password of&lt;br /&gt;root is redhat. When you tried to login displays the error message and redisplayed&lt;br /&gt;the login screen. You changed the root password, again unable to login as a root.&lt;br /&gt;How will you make Successfully Login as a root.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;When root unable to login into the system think:&lt;br /&gt;1. Is password correct?&lt;br /&gt;2. Is account expired?&lt;br /&gt;3. Is terminal Blocked?&lt;br /&gt;Do these Steps:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;• Boot the System on Single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;• Change the password&lt;br /&gt;• Check the account expire date by using chage -l root command.&lt;br /&gt;If account is expired, set net expire date: chage -E “NEVER” root&lt;br /&gt;1.         Check the file /etc/securetty Which file blocked to root login from certain&lt;br /&gt;terminal.&lt;br /&gt;2.         If terminal is deleted or commented write new or uncomment.&lt;br /&gt;3.         Reboot the system and login as a root.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;18&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCT Exam and in your Exam paper there is a question written,&lt;br /&gt;make successfully ping to 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;In Network problem thinks to check:&lt;br /&gt;1.   IP Configuration: use ifconfig command either IP is assigned to interface or not?&lt;br /&gt;2.   Default Gateway is set or not?&lt;br /&gt;3.   Hostname is set or not?&lt;br /&gt;4.   Routing problem is there?&lt;br /&gt;5.   Device Driver Module is loaded or not?&lt;br /&gt;6.   Device is activated or not?&lt;br /&gt;Check In this way:&lt;br /&gt;1.   use ifconfig command and identify which IP is assigned or not.&lt;br /&gt;2.    cat /etc/sysconfig/network What, What is written here. Actually here are these&lt;br /&gt;parameters.&lt;br /&gt;NETWORKING=yes or no&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;HOSTNAME=?&lt;br /&gt;NISDOMAIN=?&lt;br /&gt;- Correct the file&lt;br /&gt;3. Use vi /etc/sysconfig/network-scirpts/ifcfg-eth0 and check the proper options&lt;br /&gt;DEVICE=eth0&lt;br /&gt;ONBOOT=yes&lt;br /&gt;BOOTPROTO=static&lt;br /&gt;IPADDR=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;NETMAKS=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;4. Use service network restart or start command&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;19&lt;br /&gt;Set the Hostname station?.example.com where ? is your Host IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            hostname station?.example.com This will set the host name only for current&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;session. To set hostname permanently.&lt;br /&gt;2.            vi /etc/sysconfig/network&lt;br /&gt;HOSTNAME=station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;3.            service network restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;20&lt;br /&gt;The System you are using is for NFS (Network File Services). Some important data&lt;br /&gt;are shared from your system. Make automatically start the nfs and portmap&lt;br /&gt;services at boot time.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;We can control the services for current session and for next boot time also. For current&lt;br /&gt;Session, we use service servicename start or restart or stop or status. For automatically on&lt;br /&gt;next reboot time:&lt;br /&gt;1.             chkconfig servicename on or off&lt;br /&gt;eg: chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;ntsysv&lt;br /&gt;Select the nfs and portmap services.&lt;br /&gt;2.               Reboot the system and identify whether services are running or not.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;21&lt;br /&gt;There is one partition /dev/hda14 mounted on /data. The owner of /data is root user&lt;br /&gt;and root group. And Permission is full to owner user, read and execute to group&lt;br /&gt;member and no permission to others. Now you should give the full permission to&lt;br /&gt;user user1 without changing pervious permission.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;We know that every files/directories are owned by certain user and group. And&lt;br /&gt;Permissions are defines to owner user, owner group and other.&lt;br /&gt;-rwxr-x—-&gt; Full permission to owner user, read and write to owner group and no&lt;br /&gt;permission to others.&lt;br /&gt;According to question: We should give the full permission to user user1 without&lt;br /&gt;changing the previous permission.&lt;br /&gt;ACL (Access Control List), in ext3 file system we can give permission to certain user&lt;br /&gt;and certain group without changing previous permission. But that partition should&lt;br /&gt;mount using acl option. Follow the steps&lt;br /&gt;1.   vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda14 /data ext3 defaults,acl 0 1&lt;br /&gt;2.    Either Reboot or use: mount -o remount /data&lt;br /&gt;3.     setfacl -m u:user1:rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;4.     Verify using: getfacl /data&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;22&lt;br /&gt;There are two different networks 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24. Where&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254 and 192.168.1.254 IP Address are assigned on Server. Verify your&lt;br /&gt;network settings by pinging 192.168.1.0/24 Network’s Host.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/sysconfing/network&lt;br /&gt;NETWORKING=yes&lt;br /&gt;HOSTNAME=station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2. service network restart&lt;br /&gt;Or&lt;br /&gt;1.              vi /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0&lt;br /&gt;DEVICE=eth0&lt;br /&gt;ONBOOT=yes&lt;br /&gt;BOOTPROTO=static&lt;br /&gt;IPADDR=X.X.X.X&lt;br /&gt;NETMASK=X.X.X.X&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2.              ifdown eth0&lt;br /&gt;3.               ifup eth0&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;23&lt;br /&gt;Your system is giving error while booting on Runlevel 5 . Make successfully boot&lt;br /&gt;your system in runlevel 5.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;While you load the X Window System, you will get the problem. To troubleshoot follow&lt;br /&gt;the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;1.    Check the /tmp is full ?&lt;br /&gt;2.    Check your quota, hard limit is already crossed ?&lt;br /&gt;3.    Check xfs service is running ?&lt;br /&gt;4.    Boot the system on runlevel 3 and execute the system-config-display command&lt;br /&gt;5.    Edit the /etc/inittab to set default runlevel 5.&lt;br /&gt;id:5:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;24&lt;br /&gt;Your System is configured in 192.168.0.0/24 Network and your nameserver is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254. Make successfully resolve to server1.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Very Easy question, nameserver is specified in question,&lt;br /&gt;1.             vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;nameserver 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2.              host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;DNS is the Domain Name System, which maintains a database that can help your&lt;br /&gt;computer translate domain names such as www.redhat.com to IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;216.148.218.197. As no individual DNS server is large enough to keep a database for the&lt;br /&gt;entire Internet, they can refer requests to other DNS servers.&lt;br /&gt;DNS is based on the named daemon, which is built on the BIND (Berkeley Internet&lt;br /&gt;Name Domain) package developed through the Internet Software Consortium&lt;br /&gt;Users wants to access by name so DNS will interpret the name into ip address. You need&lt;br /&gt;to specify the Address if DNS server in each and every client machine. In Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux, you need to specify the DNS server into /etc/resolv.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;After Specifying the DNS server address, you can verify using host, dig and nslookup&lt;br /&gt;commands.&lt;br /&gt;#host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;25&lt;br /&gt;One Package named zsh is dump on ftp://server1.example.com under /pub/updates&lt;br /&gt;directory and your FTP server is 192.168.0.254. Install the package zsh.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.   rpm -ivh ftp://server1/example.com/pub/updates/zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;1.    Login to ftp server : ftp ftp://server1.example.com using anonymous user.&lt;br /&gt;2.    Change the directory: cd pub and cd updates&lt;br /&gt;3.    Download the package: mget zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;4.    Quit from the ftp prompt : bye&lt;br /&gt;5.    Install the package&lt;br /&gt;6.    rpm -ivh zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;7.    Verify either package is installed or not : rpm -q zsh&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;26&lt;br /&gt;Add a new logical partition having size 100MB and create the /data which will be&lt;br /&gt;the mount point for the new partition.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Use fdisk /dev/hda -&gt;To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;2. Type n-&gt; For New partitions&lt;br /&gt;3. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;5. Type the Size: +100M -&gt;You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;6. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;7. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;8. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;9. Use mkfs -t ext3 /dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;10. Or&lt;br /&gt;11. mke2fs -j /dev/hda? To create ext3 filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;12. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;13. Write:&lt;br /&gt;14. /dev/hda? /data ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;11. Verify by mounting on current Sessions also:&lt;br /&gt;15. mount /dev/hda? /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;27&lt;br /&gt;There is a server having 172.24.254.254 and 172.25.254.254. Your System lies on&lt;br /&gt;172.24.0.0/16. Make successfully ping to 172.25.254.254 by Assigning following IP:&lt;br /&gt;172.24.0.x Where x is your station number.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0&lt;br /&gt;DEVICE=eth0&lt;br /&gt;BOOTPROTO=static&lt;br /&gt;ONBOOT=yes&lt;br /&gt;IPADDR=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;NETMASK=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;2. Enter the IP Address as given station number by your examiner: example: 172.24.0.1&lt;br /&gt;3. Enter Subnet Mask&lt;br /&gt;4. Enter Default Gateway and primary name server&lt;br /&gt;5. press on ok&lt;br /&gt;6. ifdown eth0&lt;br /&gt;7. ifup eth0&lt;br /&gt;8. verify using ifconfig&lt;br /&gt;In the lab server is playing the role of router, IP forwarding is enabled. Just set the&lt;br /&gt;Correct IP and gateway, you can ping to 172.25.254.254.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;28&lt;br /&gt;Successfully resolv to server1.example.com where your DNS server is 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;nameserver 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;2. host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;DNS is the Domain Name System, which maintains a database that can help your&lt;br /&gt;computer translate domain names such as www.redhat.com to IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;216.148.218.197. As no individual DNS server is large enough to keep a database for the&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;entire Internet, they can refer requests to other DNS servers.&lt;br /&gt;DNS is based on the named daemon, which is built on the BIND (Berkeley Internet&lt;br /&gt;Name Domain) package developed through the Internet Software Consortium&lt;br /&gt;Users wants to access by name so DNS will interpret the name into ip address. You need&lt;br /&gt;to specify the Address if DNS server in each and every client machine. In Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux, you need to specify the DNS server into /etc/resolv.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;After Specifying the DNS server address, you can verify using host, dig and nslookup&lt;br /&gt;commands.&lt;br /&gt;#host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;29&lt;br /&gt;Make Successfully Resolve to server1.example.com where DNS Server is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer: 1. vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;Write : nameserver 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;DNS is the Domain Name System, which maintains a database that can help your&lt;br /&gt;computer translate domain names such as www.redhat.com to IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;216.148.218.197. As no individual DNS server is large enough to keep a database for the&lt;br /&gt;entire Internet, they can refer requests to other DNS servers.&lt;br /&gt;DNS is based on the named daemon, which is built on the BIND (Berkeley Internet&lt;br /&gt;Name Domain) package developed through the Internet Software Consortium&lt;br /&gt;Users wants to access by name so DNS will interpret the name into ip address. You need&lt;br /&gt;to specify the Address if DNS server in each and every client machine. In Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux, you need to specify the DNS server into /etc/resolv.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;After Specifying the DNS server address, you can verify using host, dig and nslookup&lt;br /&gt;commands.&lt;br /&gt;#host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;30&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume is created named as myvol under vo volume group and is&lt;br /&gt;mounted. The Initial Size of that Logical Volume is 400MB. Make successfully that&lt;br /&gt;the size of Logical Volume 200MB without losing any data. The size of logical&lt;br /&gt;volume 200MB to 210MB will be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.      First check the size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;2.      Make sure that the filesystem is in a consistent state before reducing:&lt;br /&gt;# fsck -f /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;3.       Now reduce the filesystem by 200MB.&lt;br /&gt;# resize2fs /dev/vo/myvol 200M&lt;br /&gt;4.        It is now possible to reduce the logical volume.&lt;br /&gt;#lvreduce /dev/vo/myvol -L 200M&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;4.       Verify the Size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;5.        Verify that the size comes in online or not: df -h&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;31&lt;br /&gt;You are giving the RHCE exam. Now you should boot your System properly. When&lt;br /&gt;you started your System, You got one message that.&lt;br /&gt;INIT Entering runlevel 9&lt;br /&gt;INIT: no more processes left in this runlevel&lt;br /&gt;How will you boot your System properly?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;You should know about the /etc/inittab file, where default runlevel will define. And&lt;br /&gt;Much more runlevel specific Scripts are called here.&lt;br /&gt;Actually that problem will occur if you don’t specify the default runlevel.&lt;br /&gt;1.       Reboot the system&lt;br /&gt;2.       Boot the System on single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;Except for a normal boot of Linux, single-user mode is the most commonly used option.&lt;br /&gt;This is the system maintenance mode for experienced Linux administrators. It allows you&lt;br /&gt;to perform clean backups and restores to any partitions as needed from local hardware. It&lt;br /&gt;also allows you to run administration commands, recover or repair password and shadow&lt;br /&gt;password files, run filesystem checks, and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;3.         vi /etc/inittab and Write&lt;br /&gt;id:runlevel:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;Standard Runlevels in RedHat Enterprise Linux&lt;br /&gt;Runlevel                     Description&lt;br /&gt;0                                Halt&lt;br /&gt;1                                Single-user mode, for maintenance (backups/restores) and repairs&lt;br /&gt;2                                Multiuser, without networking&lt;br /&gt;3                                Multiuser, with networking&lt;br /&gt;4                                Unused&lt;br /&gt;5                                X11, defaults to a GUI login screen. Logins bring the user to a GUI&lt;br /&gt;desktop.&lt;br /&gt;6                               Reboot (never set initdefault in /etc/inittab to this value!)&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;32&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCE exam. You should boot the system in Run level 3. When you&lt;br /&gt;start the system after while it is going on runlevel 6 : like&lt;br /&gt;INIT: Entering Run level 6&lt;br /&gt;Sending TERM Single&lt;br /&gt;Fix the problem and boot the system.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;It is due to either default runlevel or runlevel specific scripts.&lt;br /&gt;1.       id:?:initdefault: Where default runlevel is specified. It shouldn’t be 6.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;2.        l3:3:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 6 It reads the scripts of runlevel 6 while&lt;br /&gt;booting system on rulevel 3.&lt;br /&gt;It should be like:&lt;br /&gt;si::sysinit:/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit&lt;br /&gt;l0:0:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 0&lt;br /&gt;l1:1:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 1&lt;br /&gt;l2:2:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 2&lt;br /&gt;l3:3:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 3 Should be like this&lt;br /&gt;l4:4:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 4&lt;br /&gt;l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 5&lt;br /&gt;l6:6:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 6&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;33&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCE exam. Examiner gave you the Boot related problem and told&lt;br /&gt;to you that make successfully boot the System. While booting system, you saw some&lt;br /&gt;error and stop the boot process by displaying some error messages.&lt;br /&gt;Kernel Panic – not syncing: Attempted to kill init!&lt;br /&gt;And no further boot process. What you will do to boot the system.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;To understand the role of a boot loader, take a step back from Linux. When you boot&lt;br /&gt;your computer, the BIOS starts by detecting basic hardware, including your hard drives.&lt;br /&gt;Once it’s done, it looks for the boot loader on the Master Boot Record of the first&lt;br /&gt;available disk. If you’re working with an older PC, the BIOS can’t find your boot loader&lt;br /&gt;unless it’s located within the first 1,024 cylinders of the hard disk.&lt;br /&gt;Newer BIOSes overcome this problem with Logical Block Addressing, which is also&lt;br /&gt;known as LBA mode. LBA mode reads ‘logical’ values for the cylinder, head, and sector,&lt;br /&gt;which allows the BIOS to ‘see’ a larger disk drive.&lt;br /&gt;If you have multiple hard drives, there is one more caveat. If your drives are IDE hard&lt;br /&gt;drives, the /boot directory must be on a hard drive attached to the primary IDE controller.&lt;br /&gt;If your drives are all SCSI hard drives, the /boot directory must be located on a hard drive&lt;br /&gt;with SCSI ID 0 or ID 1. If you have a mix of hard drives, the /boot directory must be&lt;br /&gt;located on either the first IDE drive or a SCSI drive with ID 0. In other words, this is not&lt;br /&gt;an issue on the Red Hat exams unless the computer that you’re tested on has more than&lt;br /&gt;two hard drives. And I believe that’s less likely, as that would increase the cost of the&lt;br /&gt;exam.&lt;br /&gt;If you are getting the Kernel panic error, it means it is boot loader related problem.&lt;br /&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux uses the GRUB boot loader. You can pass the kernel&lt;br /&gt;parameter from the boot loader as well as you can correct the kernel parameter&lt;br /&gt;passing from boot loader from GRUB screen at boot time.&lt;br /&gt;GRUB boot loader configuration file is: /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;And Correct Configuration is:&lt;br /&gt;default=0&lt;br /&gt;timeout=5&lt;br /&gt;splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;hiddenmenu&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.EL)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Probably miss-configured the boot loader, so giving this problem. You can pass the&lt;br /&gt;correct parameter from GRUB prompt:&lt;br /&gt;Table 3-3: GRUB Editing Commands&lt;br /&gt;Command                                 Description&lt;br /&gt;b                                 Boot the currently listed operating system&lt;br /&gt;d                                 Delete the current line&lt;br /&gt;e                                 Edit the current line&lt;br /&gt;o                                 Create an empty line underneath the current line&lt;br /&gt;O                                Create an empty line above the current line&lt;br /&gt;If you know all parameters and sequence of the boot loader you can enter in&lt;br /&gt;command prompt also.&lt;br /&gt;Press c on GRUB screen.&lt;br /&gt;Grub&gt; root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;grub&gt; kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;grub&gt; initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;grub&gt;boot&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;34&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCE exam. Examiner gave you the Boot related problem and told&lt;br /&gt;to you that make successfully boot the System. When you started the system, System&lt;br /&gt;automatically asking the root password for maintenance. How will you fix that&lt;br /&gt;problem?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Maintenance mode also known as emergency mode. System boots on emergency mode&lt;br /&gt;when file system error occurred. It is due to unknown partition, bad filesystem specified&lt;br /&gt;in /etc/fstab. To slove follow the steps&lt;br /&gt;1.          Give the Root password&lt;br /&gt;2.          fdisk -l Verify the Number of parations.&lt;br /&gt;3.          Identify the Root partition, e2label /dev/hda1, e2label /dev/hda2…..&lt;br /&gt;4.           Remount the root partation on rw mode: mount -o remount,defaults /dev/hda6 /&lt;br /&gt;5.           vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;Correct all partitions, mount point, mount options, file system etc.&lt;br /&gt;6.           Press ctrl+d&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;35&lt;br /&gt;You are working as an Administrator. There is a common data shared (/data) from&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254 to all users in your local LAN. When user’s system start, shared data&lt;br /&gt;should automatically mount on /common directory.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer And&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;To automatically mount at boot time we use the /etc/fstab file. Because /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit&lt;br /&gt;file reads and mount all file system specified in /etc/fstab. To mount Network Sharing&lt;br /&gt;Files also use the /etc/fstab but filesystem is nfs.&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254:/data /         common          nfs            defaults       0          0&lt;br /&gt;2. reboot the system.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;36&lt;br /&gt;Boot your System Successfully on runlevel 3.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;This is boot related problem. There will be same questions repeated two times but&lt;br /&gt;problem is different.&lt;br /&gt;First When you restart the system you will get the Error:&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 15 mounting ext3&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 2 mounting none&lt;br /&gt;switchroot: mount failed: 22&lt;br /&gt;umount /initrd/dev/: 2&lt;br /&gt;Kernel Panic: no syncing: Attempted to kill init !&lt;br /&gt;This error occurred in your system before showing welcome redhat linux. That means&lt;br /&gt;problem in grub boot loader.&lt;br /&gt;Restart the System&lt;br /&gt;Check the grub boot loader configuration by pressing e shortcut key.&lt;br /&gt;You will see like:&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root= / rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/root rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Then Edit Boot loader to make like&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;i nitrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Check all lines and edit as same as above. Press b to boot the system&lt;br /&gt;After booting the system you should correct the /etc/grub.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;37&lt;br /&gt;Boot your System Successfully on run level 3.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;After completing the Boot loader problem, you will boot the system, but it goes to&lt;br /&gt;emergency mode. Remember that if System boots on Emergency mode that means file&lt;br /&gt;system problem.&lt;br /&gt;You will get the Shell, remount the / filesystem with read and write mode.&lt;br /&gt;1.       First Find out the / filesystem using e2lable /dev/hda1, e2lable /dev/hda2 etc&lt;br /&gt;2.       mount -o remount,defaults /dev/hda? /&lt;br /&gt;3.        vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;You will get like:&lt;br /&gt;/root           /                  ext3               defaults            1             1&lt;br /&gt;or /           /root               ext3               defaults            1             1&lt;br /&gt;4.         Edit the file like:&lt;br /&gt;/               /                     ext3                defaults            1            1&lt;br /&gt;5.         Configure the /etc/grub.conf file if just booting system by editing grub from grub&lt;br /&gt;prompt.&lt;br /&gt;6.          Reboot the system.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;38&lt;br /&gt;Boot your System Successfully on runlevel 3. (Next Question)&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;This is boot related problem. There will be same questions repeated two times but&lt;br /&gt;problem is different.&lt;br /&gt;First When you restart the system you will get the Error:&lt;br /&gt;File Not Found&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 15 mounting ext3&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 2 mounting none&lt;br /&gt;switchroot: mount failed: 22&lt;br /&gt;umount /initrd/dev/: 2&lt;br /&gt;Kernel Panic: no syncing: Attempted to kill init !&lt;br /&gt;Restart the System&lt;br /&gt;Check the grub boot loader configuration by pressing e shortcut key.&lt;br /&gt;You will see like:&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root= / rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/root rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Then Edit Boot loader to make like&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Check all lines and edit as same as above. Press b to boot the system&lt;br /&gt;After booting the system you should correct the /etc/grub.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;If still you are getting Error like File not found, it seems that either kernel file or initrd&lt;br /&gt;file is missing. To troubleshoot with these problem, boot the system on rescue mode.&lt;br /&gt;i.            linux rescue&lt;br /&gt;ii.          chroot /mnt/sysimage&lt;br /&gt;iii.         Check the files on /boot, if not available install the kernel package from ftp or&lt;br /&gt;nfs server&lt;br /&gt;iv.          Create the initrd image file on boot using: mkinitrd initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;`uname -r`&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;39&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 5 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;            1048&lt;br /&gt;/home  -&gt;  1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot  -&gt;    512&lt;br /&gt;/var  -&gt;      1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr -&gt;        2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;    1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/storage configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and my133t.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain. SELinux should be in enforce mode.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10.     Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.     Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.     Type mount point /data&lt;br /&gt;13.     Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.     Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;15. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Base&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;40&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named sysusers.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.            groupadd sysusers&lt;br /&gt;groupadd command is used to create the group and all group information is stored in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/group file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;41&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named jeff, marion, harold&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           useradd jeff&lt;br /&gt;2.           useradd marion&lt;br /&gt;3.           useradd harold&lt;br /&gt;useradd command is used to create the user. All user’s information stores in /etc/passwd&lt;br /&gt;and user;s shadow password stores in /etc/shadow.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;42&lt;br /&gt;Make Secondary belongs the jeff and marion users on sysusers group. But harold&lt;br /&gt;user should not belongs to sysusers group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     usermod -G sysusers jeff&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;2.     usermod -G sysuser marion&lt;br /&gt;3.     Verify by reading /etc/group file&lt;br /&gt;Using usermod command we can make user belongs to different group. There are two&lt;br /&gt;types of group one primary and another is secondary. Primary group can be only one but&lt;br /&gt;user can belongs to more than one group as secondary.&lt;br /&gt;usermod -g groupname username To change the primary group of the user&lt;br /&gt;usermod -G groupname username To make user belongs to secondary group.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;43&lt;br /&gt;Create the directory /storage and group owner should be the sysusers group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     chgrp sysusers /storage&lt;br /&gt;2.     Verify using ls -ld /storage command. You should get like&lt;br /&gt;drwxr-x— 2 root sysusers 4096 Mar 16 17:59 /storage&lt;br /&gt;chgrp command is used to change the group ownership of particular files or directory.&lt;br /&gt;Another way you can use the chown command.&lt;br /&gt;chown root:sysusers /storage&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;44&lt;br /&gt;Make on /storage directory that only the user owner and group owner member can&lt;br /&gt;fully access.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     chmod 770 /storage&lt;br /&gt;2.     Verify using : ls -ld /storage&lt;br /&gt;Preview should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrwx— 2 root sysusers 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /storage&lt;br /&gt;To change the permission on directory we use the chmod command. According to the&lt;br /&gt;question that only the owner user (root) and group member (sysusers) can fully access the&lt;br /&gt;directory so: chmod 770 /archive&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;45&lt;br /&gt;Who ever creates the files/directories on /storage group owner should be&lt;br /&gt;automatically should be the same group owner of /storage.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     chmod g+s /storage&lt;br /&gt;2.     Verify using: ls -ld /storage&lt;br /&gt;Permission should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrws— 2 root sysusers 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /storage&lt;br /&gt;If SGID bit is set on directory then who every users creates the files on directory group&lt;br /&gt;owner automatically the owner of parent directory.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;To set the SGID bit: chmod g+s directory&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the SGID bit: chmod g-s directory&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;46&lt;br /&gt;Install the Cron Schedule for jeff user to display “Hello” on daily 5:30.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Login as a root user&lt;br /&gt;2. cat &gt;schedule.txt&lt;br /&gt;30 05 * * * /bin/echo “Hello”&lt;br /&gt;3. crontab -u jeff schedule.txt&lt;br /&gt;4. service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;The cron system is essentially a smart alarm clock. When the alarm sounds, Linux runs&lt;br /&gt;the commands of your choice automatically. You can set the alarm clock to run at all&lt;br /&gt;sorts of regular time intervals. Alternatively, the at system allows you to run the&lt;br /&gt;command of your choice once, at a specified time in the future.&lt;br /&gt;Red Hat configured the cron daemon, crond. By default, it checks a series of directories&lt;br /&gt;for jobs to run, every minute of every hour of every day. The crond checks the&lt;br /&gt;/var/spool/cron directory for jobs by user. It also checks for scheduled jobs for the&lt;br /&gt;computer under /etc/crontab and in the /etc/cron.d directory.&lt;br /&gt;Here is the format of a line in crontab. Each of these columns is explained in more detail:&lt;br /&gt;#minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, command&lt;br /&gt;* * * * * command&lt;br /&gt;Entries in a crontab Command Line&lt;br /&gt;Field                  Value&lt;br /&gt;Minute               0-59&lt;br /&gt;Hour                  Based on a 24-hour clock; for example, 23 = 11 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;Day of month     1-31&lt;br /&gt;Month                1-12, or jan, feb, mar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Day of week        0-7; where 0 and 7 are both Sunday; or sun, mon, tue, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Command           The command you want to run&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;47&lt;br /&gt;There is a NFS server 192.168.0.254 and all required packages are dumped in&lt;br /&gt;/var/ftp/pub of that server and the /var/ftp/pub directory is shared. Install the&lt;br /&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 by creating following partitions:&lt;br /&gt;/               1000&lt;br /&gt;/boot         200&lt;br /&gt;/home       1000&lt;br /&gt;/var          1000&lt;br /&gt;/usr           4000&lt;br /&gt;swap        2X256 (RAM SIZE)&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Note: Examiner will provide you the Installation startup CD. And here mentioned size&lt;br /&gt;may vary see on the exam paper.&lt;br /&gt;1.          Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2.          In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;48&lt;br /&gt;There is a FTP server 192.168.0.254 and all required packages are dumped in&lt;br /&gt;/var/ftp/pub of that server and anonymous login is enabled. Install the Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux 5 as an anonymous by creating following partitions:&lt;br /&gt;/              1000&lt;br /&gt;/boot        200&lt;br /&gt;/home      1000&lt;br /&gt;/var          1000&lt;br /&gt;/usr          4000&lt;br /&gt;swap        2X256 (RAM SIZE)&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer:&lt;br /&gt;Note: Examiner will provide you the Installation startup CD. And here mentioned size&lt;br /&gt;may vary see on the exam paper.&lt;br /&gt;1.            Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2.            In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the Language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the FTP from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the FTP site name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the FTP Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: pub Because anonymous login on /var/ftp.&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the FTP Server Installation will start. Go up to the partition screen&lt;br /&gt;by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should be&lt;br /&gt;care about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;49&lt;br /&gt;There is a HTTP server 192.168.0.254 and all required packages are dumped in&lt;br /&gt;/var/www/html/rhel5 of that server. Install the Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 by&lt;br /&gt;creating following partitions:&lt;br /&gt;/               1000&lt;br /&gt;/boot         200&lt;br /&gt;/home       1000&lt;br /&gt;/var           1000&lt;br /&gt;/usr           4000&lt;br /&gt;swap        2X256 (RAM SIZE)&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer:&lt;br /&gt;Note: Examiner will provide you the Installation startup CD. And here mentioned size&lt;br /&gt;may vary see on the exam paper.&lt;br /&gt;1.         Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2.         In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the Language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the HTTP from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the Web site name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the HTTP Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: rhel5-&gt; Because Default Directory for http is /var/www/html&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the HTTP Server Installation start. Go upto the partition screen by&lt;br /&gt;selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should be&lt;br /&gt;care about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;50&lt;br /&gt;Create a RAID Device /dev/md0 by creating equal two disks from available free&lt;br /&gt;space on your harddisk and mount it on /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 Supports the RAID LEVEL 0, RAID LEVEL 1, RAID&lt;br /&gt;LEVEL 5 and RAID LEVEL 6 at installation time. You can create it at installation time&lt;br /&gt;later no need to type lots of commands for RAID.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;At Installation Time:&lt;br /&gt;1.            Create the partitions using diskdruid.&lt;br /&gt;2.           Create the Partitions having File system Type Software RAID.&lt;br /&gt;3.           Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;4.           Type the Mount Point&lt;br /&gt;5.           Select File system type&lt;br /&gt;6.           Select RAID Level&lt;br /&gt;7.           Select Partitions/disks as a member of RAID.&lt;br /&gt;8.           Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;After Installation: We can create the RAID Device after Installation on command-line.&lt;br /&gt;1.           Create the Two partitions having equal size. (Specify the Size using Cylinder,&lt;br /&gt;find the remaining cylinder and divide by 2).&lt;br /&gt;2.           Change the Partition ID to fd (Linux raid Autodetect) by typing t.&lt;br /&gt;3.           Type w To write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;4.          Use partprobe command to synchronic the partition table.&lt;br /&gt;5.            Use: mdadm –create /dev/md0 –level=1 –raid-devices=2 /dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;6.            Verify the RAID: mdadm –detail /dev/md0&lt;br /&gt;7.            mkfs -t ext3 /dev/md0&lt;br /&gt;8.           mount /dev/md0 /data&lt;br /&gt;9.           vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/md0 /data ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;10.         Verify mounting devices using mount command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;51&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named user1, user2, user3&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. useradd user1&lt;br /&gt;2. useradd user2&lt;br /&gt;3. useradd user3&lt;br /&gt;4. passwd user1&lt;br /&gt;5. passwd user2&lt;br /&gt;6. passwd user3&lt;br /&gt;We create the user using useradd command and we change the password of user using&lt;br /&gt;passwd command. If you want to set the blank password use: passwd -d username.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;52&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named training&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.       groupadd training&lt;br /&gt;To create a group we use the groupadd command.&lt;br /&gt;Verify from: cat /etc/group whether group added or not?&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;53&lt;br /&gt;Make user1, user2 and user3 belongs to training group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        usermod -G training user1&lt;br /&gt;2.        usermod -G training user2&lt;br /&gt;3.        usermod -G training user3&lt;br /&gt;4.        Verify from : cat /etc/group&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of group, I) primary group II) Secondary or supplementary group.&lt;br /&gt;5.        Primary Group: Primary group defines the files/directories and process owner&lt;br /&gt;group there can be only one primary group of one user.&lt;br /&gt;6.        Secondary Group is used for permission. Where permission are defined for group&lt;br /&gt;members, user can access by belonging to that group.&lt;br /&gt;Here user1, user2 and user3 belong as supplementary to training group. So these users get&lt;br /&gt;the permission of group member.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;54&lt;br /&gt;Change the Group Owner of /data to training group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;chown or chgrp command is used to change the ownership.&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of chown: chown [-R] username:groupname file/directory&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of chgrp: chgrp [-R] groupname file/directory&lt;br /&gt;Whenever user creates the file or directory, the owner of that file/directory automatically&lt;br /&gt;will be that user and that user’s primary group name.&lt;br /&gt;To change group owner ship&lt;br /&gt;1.       chgrp training /data -&gt; Which set the Group Ownership to training&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;chown root.training /data  -&gt;Which set the user owner to root and group owner to&lt;br /&gt;training group.&lt;br /&gt;Verify /data using: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;You will get: drwxr-xr-x 2 root training …………..&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;55&lt;br /&gt;Give Full Permission to owner user and owner group member but no permission to&lt;br /&gt;others on /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;We can change the permission of file/directory either character symbol method or&lt;br /&gt;numeric method.&lt;br /&gt;Permission:&lt;br /&gt;r-Read&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;w-Write&lt;br /&gt;x-Execute&lt;br /&gt;Permission Category&lt;br /&gt;u- Owner User&lt;br /&gt;g- Owner Group&lt;br /&gt;o- Others&lt;br /&gt;Operators&lt;br /&gt;+ -&gt; Add the Permissions&lt;br /&gt;-  -&gt;Remove the Permissions&lt;br /&gt;=  -&gt;Assigns the Permissions&lt;br /&gt;Numeric Method:&lt;br /&gt;4 -&gt; Read&lt;br /&gt;2 -&gt; Write&lt;br /&gt;1 -&gt; Execute&lt;br /&gt;Total: 7, total for owner user, owner group member and for others : 777&lt;br /&gt;1. chmod u+rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;2. chmod g+rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;3. chmod o-rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;chmod 770 /data&lt;br /&gt;4. Verify the /data : ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;5. You will get drwxrwx—&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;56&lt;br /&gt;Whoever creates the file on /data make automatically owner group should be the&lt;br /&gt;group owner of /data directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;When user creates the file/directory, user owner will be user itself and group owner will&lt;br /&gt;be the primary group of the user.&lt;br /&gt;There is one Special Permission SGID , wh en you set the SGID bit on directory,When&lt;br /&gt;users creates the file/directory automatically owner group will be same as a parent.&lt;br /&gt;1.         chmod g+s /data&lt;br /&gt;2.          Verify using: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;You will get: drwxrws—&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;57&lt;br /&gt;Make sure on /data that only the owner user can remove files/directories.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;By default user1 can remove user2′s files  due to directory permission to group member.&lt;br /&gt;We can prevent of deleting files from others users using Sticky Bits.&lt;br /&gt;1.        chmod o+t /data&lt;br /&gt;2.        Verify /data: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;You will get: drwxrwx-T&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;58&lt;br /&gt;Add a user named user4 and make primarily belongs to training group. As well&lt;br /&gt;account should expire on 30 days from today.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         useradd username&lt;br /&gt;2.         passwd username&lt;br /&gt;3.        usermod -e “date”&lt;br /&gt;example: usermod -e “12 Feb 2006″ user4&lt;br /&gt;Verify: chage -l user4&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;59&lt;br /&gt;One New Kernel is released named kernel-hugemem. Kernel is available on&lt;br /&gt;ftp://server1.example.com under pub directory for anonymous. Install the Kernel&lt;br /&gt;and make previous new kernel is default to boot System.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1. rpm -ivh ftp://server1.example.com/pub/kernel-hugemem-*&lt;br /&gt;2. vi /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;Set the default to new kernel&lt;br /&gt;default=0&lt;br /&gt;Example of /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;default=0&lt;br /&gt;timeout=5&lt;br /&gt;splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz&lt;br /&gt;hiddenmenu&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.ELhugemem)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.ELhugemem ro root=LABEL=/1 rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.ELhugemem.img&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.EL)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/1 rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;rpm command is used to install, update and remove the rpm package. -ivh option is&lt;br /&gt;install, verbose, and display the hash mark.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;60&lt;br /&gt;One Package named zsh is dump on ftp://server1.example.com under pub directory.&lt;br /&gt;Install the package from ftp server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.       rpm -ivh ftp://server1.example.com/pub/zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;2.       Package will install&lt;br /&gt;rpm command is used to install, update and remove the package, -i means install, -v&lt;br /&gt;means verbose and -h means display the hash mark.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;61&lt;br /&gt;There are Mail servers, Web Servers, DNS Servers and Log Server. Log Server is&lt;br /&gt;already configured. You should configure the mail server, web server and dns&lt;br /&gt;server to send the logs to log server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;According to question, log server is already configured. We have to configure the mail,&lt;br /&gt;web and dns server for log redirection.&lt;br /&gt;In mail, web and dns server:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/syslog.conf&lt;br /&gt;mail.*     @logserveraddress&lt;br /&gt;2.           service syslog restart&lt;br /&gt;mail is the facility and * means the priority. It sends logs of mail services into log server.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;62&lt;br /&gt;Raw (Model) printer named printer1 is installed and shared on 192.168.0.254. You&lt;br /&gt;should install the shared printer on your PC to connect shared printer using IPP&lt;br /&gt;Protocols.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;IPP( Internet Printing Protocol), allows administrator to manage printer through browser&lt;br /&gt;so CUPS is called Internet Printing Protocol based on HTTP. We can Install the printer&lt;br /&gt;either through: system-confing-printer tool or through Browser.&lt;br /&gt;1.           Open the browser and Type on address: http://localhost:631 CUPS (Common&lt;br /&gt;Unix Printing System) used the IPP protocol. CUPS use the 631 port.&lt;br /&gt;2.           Click on Manage Printer.&lt;br /&gt;3.            Click on Add Printer.&lt;br /&gt;4.            Type Printer name, Location, Description.&lt;br /&gt;5.           Select Device for bb. (Select IPP).&lt;br /&gt;6.            Device URL: ipp://192.168.0.254/ipp/ queue name Same printer name of&lt;br /&gt;shared printer.&lt;br /&gt;7.            Select Model/Driver RAW printer.&lt;br /&gt;8.            service cups restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;63&lt;br /&gt;You are administrator of Certkiller network. First time you are going to take the full&lt;br /&gt;backup of all user’s home directory. Take the full backup of /home on /tmp/back&lt;br /&gt;file.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           dump -0u -f /tmp/back /dev/hda4&lt;br /&gt;dump is the standard backup utility. According to the questions, fullback should take. -0&lt;br /&gt;means fullback, -u means update the /etc/dumpdates which maintains the backup record&lt;br /&gt;and -f means filename. If you are directly taking backup into other device, you can&lt;br /&gt;specify the device name.&lt;br /&gt;i.e dump -0u -f /dev/st0 /dev/hda4. Where hda4 is a separate partition mounted on /home.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;64&lt;br /&gt;You are working as a System Administrator at Certkiller . Your Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;crashed and you lost every data. But you had taken the full backup of user’s home&lt;br /&gt;directory and other System Files on /dev/st0, how will you restore from that device?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to on that directory where you want to restore.&lt;br /&gt;2. restore -rf /dev/st0&lt;br /&gt;To restore from backup we use the restore command. Here backup will restore from&lt;br /&gt;/dev/st0 on current Directory.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;65&lt;br /&gt;Add a job on Cron schedule to display Hello World on every two Seconds in&lt;br /&gt;terminal 8.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1. cat &gt;schedule&lt;br /&gt;*/2 * * * * /bin/echo “Hello World” &gt;/dev/tty8&lt;br /&gt;2. crontab schedule&lt;br /&gt;3. Verify using: crontab -l&lt;br /&gt;4. service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;Cron helps to schedule on recurring events. Pattern of Cron is:&lt;br /&gt;Minute       Hour     Day of Month       Month          Day of Week         Commands&lt;br /&gt;0-59            0-23        1-31                                   1-12 0-7 where 0 and 7 means&lt;br /&gt;Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;Note * means every. To execute the command on every two minutes */2.&lt;br /&gt;To add the scheduled file on cron job: crontab filename&lt;br /&gt;To List the Cron Shedule: crontab -l&lt;br /&gt;To Edit the Schedule: crontab -e&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the Schedule: crontab -r&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;66&lt;br /&gt;Deny to all users except root to run cron schedule.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.        vi /etc/cron.allow&lt;br /&gt;root&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;vi /etc/cron.deny&lt;br /&gt;Write all user name to deny.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/cron.allow, /etc/cron.deny file is used to control users to allow or deny. If&lt;br /&gt;/etc/cron.allow file is created only that users are allowed to run cron schedule. Another&lt;br /&gt;way to deny to users is /etc/cron.deny write all user name on single line.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;67&lt;br /&gt;Add a cron schedule to take full backup of /home on every day at 5:30 pm to&lt;br /&gt;/dev/st0 device.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /var/schedule&lt;br /&gt;30 17 * * * /sbin/dump -0u /dev/st0 /dev/hda7&lt;br /&gt;2.           crontab /var/schedule&lt;br /&gt;3.           service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;We can add the cron schedule either by specifying the scripts path on /etc/crontab file or&lt;br /&gt;by creating on text file on crontab pattern.&lt;br /&gt;cron helps to schedule on recurring events. Pattern of cron is:&lt;br /&gt;Minute  Hour          Day of Month          Month         Day of Week          Commands&lt;br /&gt;0-59                         0-23                      1-31  1-12 0-7 where 0 and 7 means Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;Note * means every. To execute the command on every two minutes */2.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;68&lt;br /&gt;One NIS Domain named rhce.com is configured in your lab, server is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254. rhce100, rhce200,rhce300 user are created on domain server.&lt;br /&gt;Make your system as a member of rhce.com domain. Make sure that when nis user&lt;br /&gt;login in your system home directory should get by them. Home directory is&lt;br /&gt;separately shared on server eg /home/stationx/ where x is you station number.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. use the authconfig –nisserver=192.168.0.254 –nisdomain=rhce.com –update or&lt;br /&gt;system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;2. Click on Enable NIS&lt;br /&gt;3. Type the NIS Domain: rhce.com&lt;br /&gt;4. Type Server 192.168.0.254 then click on next and ok&lt;br /&gt;5. You will get a ok message.&lt;br /&gt;6. vi /etc/auto.master and write at the end of file&lt;br /&gt;/home/stationx /etc/auto.home –timeout=60&lt;br /&gt;7. vi /etc/auto.home and write&lt;br /&gt;* -rw,soft,intr 192.168.0.254:/home/stationx/&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;Note: please specify your station number in the place of x.&lt;br /&gt;8. Service autofs restart&lt;br /&gt;9. Login as the rhce1 or rhce2 or rhce3 on another terminal will be&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Success.&lt;br /&gt;According to question, rhce.com domain is already configured. We have to make a client&lt;br /&gt;of rhce.com domain and automatically mount the home directory on every client. To&lt;br /&gt;make a member of domain, we use the autheconfig or system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;command. There a are lots of authentication server i.e NIS, LDAB, SMB etc. NIS is a&lt;br /&gt;RPC related Services, no need to configure the DNS, we should specify the NIS server&lt;br /&gt;address.&lt;br /&gt;Here Automount feature is available. When user tried to login, home directory will&lt;br /&gt;automatically mount. The automount service reads the configuration from&lt;br /&gt;/etc/auto.master file.&lt;br /&gt;On /etc/auto.master file we specified the mount point the configuration file for mount&lt;br /&gt;point.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;69&lt;br /&gt;There are three Disk Partitions /dev/hda8, /dev/hda9, /dev/hda10 having size 100MB&lt;br /&gt;of each partition. Create a Logical Volume named testvolume1 and testvolume2&lt;br /&gt;having a size 250MB. Mount each Logical Volume on lvmtest1, lvmtest2 directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Steps of Creating LVM:&lt;br /&gt;1.          pvcreate /dev/hda8 /dev/hda9 /dev/hda10&lt;br /&gt;pvdisplay command is used to display the information of physical volume.&lt;br /&gt;2.          vgceate test0 /dev/hda8 /dev/hda9 /dev/hda10&lt;br /&gt;vgdisplay command is used to display the information of Volume Group.&lt;br /&gt;3.           lvcreate -L 250M -n testvolume1 test0&lt;br /&gt;lvdisplay command is used to display the information of Logical Volume.&lt;br /&gt;4.          lvcreate -L 250M -n testvolume2 test0&lt;br /&gt;5.          mkfs -t ext3 /dev/test0/testvolume1&lt;br /&gt;6.           mkfs -t ext3 /dev/test0/testvolume2&lt;br /&gt;7.           mkdir /lvtest1&lt;br /&gt;8.           mkdir /lvtest2&lt;br /&gt;9.          mount /dev/test0/testvolume1 /lvtest1&lt;br /&gt;10.        mount /dev/test0/testvolume2 /lvtest2&lt;br /&gt;11.        vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/test0/testvolume2          /lvtest2     ext3     defaults      0  0&lt;br /&gt;/dev/test0/testvolume1         /lvtest1       ext3      defaults     0 0&lt;br /&gt;To create the LVM( Logical Volume Manager) we required the disks having ’8e’ Linux&lt;br /&gt;Physical Disk1                                                                              Logical Volume 1&lt;br /&gt;Physical Disk2       Physical Volum       Volume Group                   Logical Volume 2&lt;br /&gt;Physical Disk3                                                                                Logical Volume 3&lt;br /&gt;LVM type. First we should create the physical Volume, then we can create the Volume&lt;br /&gt;group from disks belongs to physical Volume. lvcreate command is used to create the&lt;br /&gt;logical volume on volume group. We can specify the size of logical volume with -L&lt;br /&gt;option and name with -n option.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;70&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume named /dev/test0/testvolume1 is created. The initial Size of that&lt;br /&gt;disk is 100MB now you required more 200MB. Increase the size of Logical Volume,&lt;br /&gt;size should be increase on online.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         lvextend -L+200M /dev/test0/testvolume1&lt;br /&gt;Use lvdisplay /dev/test0/testvolume1)&lt;br /&gt;2.           ext2online -d /dev/test0/testvolume1&lt;br /&gt;lvextend command is used the increase the size of Logical Volume. Other command&lt;br /&gt;lvresize command also here to resize. And to bring increased size on online we use the&lt;br /&gt;ext2online command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;71&lt;br /&gt;We are working on /data initially the size is 2GB. The /dev/test0/lvtestvolume is&lt;br /&gt;mount on /data. Now you required more space on /data but you already added all&lt;br /&gt;disks belong to physical volume. You saw that you have unallocated space around 5&lt;br /&gt;GB on your harddisk. Increase the size of lvtestvolume by 5GB.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation.&lt;br /&gt;1.         Create a partition having size 5 GB and change the syste id ’8e’.&lt;br /&gt;2.         use partprobe command&lt;br /&gt;3.          pvcreate /dev/hda9 Suppose your partition number is hda9.&lt;br /&gt;4.         vgextend test0 /dev/hda9 vgextend command add the physical disk on volume&lt;br /&gt;group.&lt;br /&gt;5.          lvextend -L+5120M /dev/test0/lvtestvolume&lt;br /&gt;6.          verify using lvdisplay /dev/test0/lvtestvolume.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;72&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 5 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 192.168.0.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;               1048&lt;br /&gt;/home -&gt;       1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot-&gt;         512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;          1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr -&gt;          2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;       1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/data configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24. As well as there are two&lt;br /&gt;domains example.com on 192.168.0.0/24 network and cracker.org on 192.168.1.0/24&lt;br /&gt;network. Your system is based on example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10. Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11. Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12. Type mount point /data&lt;br /&gt;13. Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14. Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;73&lt;br /&gt;Fill up the Form through&lt;br /&gt;http://server1.example.com/form.php&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;1.    Open the Browser and type the above URL.&lt;br /&gt;2.    Fill the form as required all information.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;74&lt;br /&gt;One Domain RHCE is configured in your lab, your domain server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com. nisuser2001, nisuser2002, nisuser2003 user are created on&lt;br /&gt;your server 192.168.0.254:/rhome/stationx/nisuser2001. Make sure that when NIS&lt;br /&gt;user login in your system automatically mount the home directory. Home directory&lt;br /&gt;is separately shared on server /rhome/stationx/ where x is your Station number.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. use the authconfig –nisserver=&lt;nis server=""&gt; –nisdomain=&lt;nis domain=""&gt; –&lt;br /&gt;update&lt;br /&gt;Example: # authconfig –nisserver=192.168.0.254 –nisdomain=RHCE –update&lt;br /&gt;or system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;2. Click on Enable NIS&lt;br /&gt;3. Type the NIS Domain: RHCE&lt;br /&gt;4. Type Server 192.168.0.254 then click on next and ok&lt;br /&gt;5. You will get a ok message.&lt;br /&gt;6. Create a Directory /rhome/stationx where x is your station number.&lt;br /&gt;6. vi /etc/auto.master and write at the end of file&lt;br /&gt;/rhome/stationx /etc/auto.home –timeout=60&lt;br /&gt;7. vi /etc/auto.home and write&lt;br /&gt;* -rw,soft,intr 192.168.0.254:/rhome/stationx/&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;Note: please specify your station number in the place of x.&lt;br /&gt;8. Service autofs restart&lt;br /&gt;9. Login as the nisuser2001 or nisuser2002 on another terminal will be&lt;br /&gt;Success.&lt;br /&gt;According to question, RHCE domain is already configured. We have to make a client of&lt;br /&gt;RHCE domain and automatically mount the home directory on your system. To make a&lt;br /&gt;member of domain, we use the authconfig with option or system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;command. There a are lots of authentication server i.e NIS, LDAB, SMB etc. NIS is a&lt;br /&gt;RPC related Services, no need to configure the DNS, we should specify the NIS server&lt;br /&gt;address.&lt;br /&gt;Here Automount feature is available. When user tried to login, home directory will&lt;br /&gt;automatically mount. The automount service used the /etc/auto.master file. On&lt;br /&gt;/etc/auto.master file we specified the mount point the configuration file for mount point.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;75&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named sysadmin.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.    groupadd sysadmin&lt;br /&gt;groupadd command is used to create the group and all group information is stored in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/group file.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;76&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named jane and john.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    useradd jane&lt;br /&gt;2.    useradd john&lt;br /&gt;useradd command is used to create the user. All user’s information stores in /etc/passwd&lt;br /&gt;and user;s shadow password stores in /etc/shadow.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;77&lt;br /&gt;Raw printer named printerx where x is your station number is installed and shared&lt;br /&gt;on server1.example.com. Install the shared printer on your PC to connect shared&lt;br /&gt;printer using IPP Protocols. Your server is 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    Open the Browser either firefox or links&lt;br /&gt;2.    Type : http://localhost:631&lt;br /&gt;3.    Click on Manage Printer&lt;br /&gt;4.    Click on Add Printer&lt;br /&gt;5.    Type Queue name like stationx and click on continue&lt;br /&gt;6.    Type Device type or printing Protocol: i.e Internet printing Protocol&lt;br /&gt;7.    Click on Continue&lt;br /&gt;8.    Type Device URL: ipp://server1.example.com/printers/printerx&lt;br /&gt;9.    Click on Continue&lt;br /&gt;10.   Select RAW Model printer&lt;br /&gt;11.    Click on Continue&lt;br /&gt;12.    Test by sending the printing job&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;78&lt;br /&gt;Make Secondary belongs the both users on sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    usermod -G sysadmin john&lt;br /&gt;2.    usermod -G sysadmin jane&lt;br /&gt;3.    Verify by reading /etc/group file&lt;br /&gt;Using usermod command we can make user belongs to different group. There are two&lt;br /&gt;types of group one primary and another is secondary. Primary group can be only one but&lt;br /&gt;user can belongs to more than one group as secondary.&lt;br /&gt;usermod -g groupname username To change the primary group of the user&lt;br /&gt;usermod -G groupname username To make user belongs to secondary group.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;79&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named eric but eric should not belong to the sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    useradd eric&lt;br /&gt;Very tricky question given to you that this user should not belongs to sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;80&lt;br /&gt;Create the directory /data and group owner should be the sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     chgrp sysadmin /data&lt;br /&gt;2.     Verify using ls -ld /data command. You should get like&lt;br /&gt;drwxr-x— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 17:59 /data&lt;br /&gt;chgrp command is used to change the group ownership of particular files or directory.&lt;br /&gt;Another way you can use the chown command.&lt;br /&gt;chown root:sysadmin /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;81&lt;br /&gt;Make on /data that only the user owner and group owner member can fully access.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    chmod 770 /data&lt;br /&gt;2.    Verify using : ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;Preview should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrwx— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /data&lt;br /&gt;To change the permission on directory we use the chmod command. According to the&lt;br /&gt;question that only the owner user (root) and group member (sysadmin) can fully access&lt;br /&gt;the directory so: chmod 770 /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;82&lt;br /&gt;Who ever creates the files/directories on /data group owner should be automatically&lt;br /&gt;should be the same group owner of /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     chmod g+s /data&lt;br /&gt;2.     Verify using: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;Permission should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrws— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /data&lt;br /&gt;If SGID bit is set on directory then who every users creates the files on directory group&lt;br /&gt;owner automatically the owner of parent directory.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;To set the SGID bit: chmod g+s directory&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the SGID bit: chmod g-s directory&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;83&lt;br /&gt;Your System is going to use as a Router for two networks. One Network is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.0/24 and Another Network is 192.168.1.0/24. Both network’s IP address&lt;br /&gt;has assigned. How will you forward the packets from one network to another&lt;br /&gt;network?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        echo “1″ &gt;/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;2.         vi /etc/sysctl.conf&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward = 1&lt;br /&gt;If you want to use the Linux System as a Router to make communication between&lt;br /&gt;different networks, you need enable the IP forwarding. To enable on running session just&lt;br /&gt;set value 1 to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward. As well as automatically turn on the IP&lt;br /&gt;forwarding features on next boot set on /etc/sysctl.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;84&lt;br /&gt;One New Kernel is released named kernel-.2.6.19-11. Kernel is available on&lt;br /&gt;ftp://server1.example.com/pub/updates directory for anonymous. Install the Kernel&lt;br /&gt;and make the kernel-2.6.18-8 default.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         rpm -ivh ftp://server1.example.com/pub/updates/kernel-2.6.19-11.i686.rpm&lt;br /&gt;2.         vi /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;default=1 Change this value to 1&lt;br /&gt;timeout=5&lt;br /&gt;splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz&lt;br /&gt;hiddenmenu&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.19-11)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.19-11.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.19-11.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.EL)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;According question that kernel is available to anonymous user. You can directly install&lt;br /&gt;from the ftp server using rpm command.&lt;br /&gt;When you install the kernel, it will write on /etc/grub.conf file. You can set the default&lt;br /&gt;kernel by changing the default value. See on the output of /etc/grub.conf file that new&lt;br /&gt;kernel is on first title so it’s index is 0 and previous kernel’s index is 1.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;85&lt;br /&gt;Install the dialog-*&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Questions asking you to install the dialog package from the server. In your Lab FTP&lt;br /&gt;server as well as NFS server are configured. You can install either through FTP or NFS.&lt;br /&gt;1.    Just Login to server1.example.com through FTP: ftp server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.    Enter to pub directory: cd pub&lt;br /&gt;3.    Enter to RedHat/RPMS: cd RedHat/RPMS&lt;br /&gt;4.    Download the Package: mget dialog-*&lt;br /&gt;5.    Logout from the FTP server: bye&lt;br /&gt;6.    Install the package: rpm -ivh dialog-*&lt;br /&gt;7.    Verify the package either installed or not: rpm -q dialog&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;86&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 5 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;                1048&lt;br /&gt;/home -&gt;        1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot -&gt;          512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;            1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr-&gt;              2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;         1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/data configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and cracker.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain. SELinux should be in enforcing&lt;br /&gt;mode.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10.          Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.          Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.          Type mount point /data&lt;br /&gt;13.           Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.           Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;87&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named eric and deny to interactive login.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         useradd eric&lt;br /&gt;2.          passwd eric&lt;br /&gt;3.          vi /etc/passwd&lt;br /&gt;4. eric:x:505:505::/home/eric:/sbin/nologin&lt;br /&gt;Which shell or program should start at login time is specified in /etc/passwd file. By&lt;br /&gt;default Redhat Enterprise Linux assigns the /bin/bash shell to the users. To deny the&lt;br /&gt;interactive login, you should write /sbin/nologin or /bin/false instead of login shell.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;88&lt;br /&gt;/data Directory is shared from the server1.example.com server. Mount the shared&lt;br /&gt;directory that:&lt;br /&gt;a. when user try to access, automatically should mount&lt;br /&gt;b. when user doesn’t use mounted directory should unmount&lt;br /&gt;automatically after 50 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;c. Shared directory should mount on /mnt/data on your machine.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.              vi /etc/auto.master&lt;br /&gt;/mnt /etc/auto.misc –timeout=50&lt;br /&gt;2.               vi /etc/auto.misc&lt;br /&gt;3.              data -rw,soft,intr server1.example.com:/data&lt;br /&gt;4.              service autofs restart&lt;br /&gt;5.              chkconfig autofs on&lt;br /&gt;When you mount the other filesystem, you should unmount the mounted filesystem,&lt;br /&gt;Automount feature of linux helps to mount at access time and after certain seconds, when&lt;br /&gt;user unaccess the mounted directory, automatically unmount the filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/auto.master is the master configuration file for autofs service. When you start the&lt;br /&gt;service, it reads the mount point as defined in /etc/auto.master.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;89&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 5 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;                 1048&lt;br /&gt;/home -&gt;         1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot -&gt;           512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;             1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr-&gt;               2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;           1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/document configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and cracker.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain. SELinux Must be on enforcing&lt;br /&gt;mode.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10.         Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.          Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.          Type mount point /document&lt;br /&gt;13.          Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.          Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;90&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 5 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;                 1048&lt;br /&gt;/home -&gt;        1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot -&gt;           512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;           1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr -&gt;            2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;       1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/archive configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and my133t.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain. SELinux must be in enforcing mode.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10.           Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.           Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.            Type mount point /archive&lt;br /&gt;13.            Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.           Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;91&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named sysuser.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.              groupadd sysuser&lt;br /&gt;groupadd command is used to create the group and all group information is stored in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/group file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;92&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named jackie, curtin, david&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          useradd jackie&lt;br /&gt;2.          useradd curtin&lt;br /&gt;3.           useradd david&lt;br /&gt;useradd command is used to create the user. All user’s information stores in /etc/passwd&lt;br /&gt;and user;s shadow password stores in /etc/shadow.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;93&lt;br /&gt;Make Secondary belongs the jackie and curtin users on sysuser group. But david&lt;br /&gt;user should not belongs to sysuser group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          usermod -G sysuser jackie&lt;br /&gt;2.           usermod -G sysuser curtin&lt;br /&gt;3.            Verify by reading /etc/group file&lt;br /&gt;Using usermod command we can make user belongs to different group. There are two&lt;br /&gt;types of group one primary and another is secondary. Primary group can be only one but&lt;br /&gt;user can belongs to more than one group as secondary.&lt;br /&gt;usermod -g groupname username To change the primary group of the user&lt;br /&gt;usermod -G groupname username To make user belongs to secondary group.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;94&lt;br /&gt;Create the directory /archive and group owner should be the sysuser group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            chgrp sysuser /archive&lt;br /&gt;2.            Verify using ls -ld /archive command. You should get like&lt;br /&gt;drwxr-x— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 17:59 /archive&lt;br /&gt;chgrp command is used to change the group ownership of particular files or directory.&lt;br /&gt;Another way you can use the chown command.&lt;br /&gt;chown root:sysuser /archive&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;95&lt;br /&gt;Make on /archive directory that only the user owner and group owner member can&lt;br /&gt;fully access.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           chmod 770 /archive&lt;br /&gt;2.          Verify using : ls -ld /archive&lt;br /&gt;Preview should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrwx— 2 root sysuser 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /archive&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;To change the permission on directory we use the chmod command. According to the&lt;br /&gt;question that only the owner user (root) and group member (sysuser) can fully access the&lt;br /&gt;directory so: chmod 770 /archive&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;96&lt;br /&gt;Who ever creates the files/directories on /archive group owner should be&lt;br /&gt;automatically should be the same group owner of /archive.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.              chmod g+s /archive&lt;br /&gt;2.              Verify using: ls -ld /archive&lt;br /&gt;Permission should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrws— 2 root sysuser 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /archive&lt;br /&gt;If SGID bit is set on directory then who every users creates the files on directory group&lt;br /&gt;owner automatically the owner of parent directory.&lt;br /&gt;To set the SGID bit: chmod g+s directory&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the SGID bit: chmod g-s directory&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;97&lt;br /&gt;Install the Cron Schedule for david user to display “Hello” on daily 5:30.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;3. Login as a root user&lt;br /&gt;4. cat &gt;schedule.txt&lt;br /&gt;30 05 * * * /bin/echo “Hello”&lt;br /&gt;3. crontab -u david schedule.txt&lt;br /&gt;4. service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;The cron system is essentially a smart alarm clock. When the alarm sounds, Linux runs&lt;br /&gt;the commands of your choice automatically. You can set the alarm clock to run at all&lt;br /&gt;sorts of regular time intervals. Alternatively, the at system allows you to run the&lt;br /&gt;command of your choice once, at a specified time in the future.&lt;br /&gt;Red Hat configured the cron daemon, crond. By default, it checks a series of directories&lt;br /&gt;for jobs to run, every minute of every hour of every day. The crond checks the&lt;br /&gt;/var/spool/cron directory for jobs by user. It also checks for scheduled jobs for the&lt;br /&gt;computer under /etc/crontab and in the /etc/cron.d directory.&lt;br /&gt;Here is the format of a line in crontab. Each of these columns is explained in more detail:&lt;br /&gt;#minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, command&lt;br /&gt;* * * * * command&lt;br /&gt;Entries in a crontab Command Line&lt;br /&gt;Field                                 Value&lt;br /&gt;Minute                              0-59&lt;br /&gt;Hour                                 Based on a 24-hour clock; for example, 23 = 11 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;Day of month                     1-31&lt;br /&gt;Month                                1-12, or jan, feb, mar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Day of week                       0-7; where 0 and 7 are both Sunday; or sun, mon, tue, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Command                            The command you want to run&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;98&lt;br /&gt;Backup of the Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 is on /var/ftp/pub, /var/www/html/pub on&lt;br /&gt;server named server1.example.com. You can install all required packages using&lt;br /&gt;yum by creating the repository file.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Create the repository file&lt;br /&gt;#vi /etc/yum.repos.d/server1.repo&lt;br /&gt;[station?]&lt;br /&gt;name=station?&lt;br /&gt;baseurl=ftp://server1.example.com/pub/&lt;br /&gt;enabled=1&lt;br /&gt;gpgcheck=1&lt;br /&gt;gpgkey=file:///etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release&lt;br /&gt;# yum install &lt;packagename&gt;&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;99&lt;br /&gt;Configure the DNS for example.com domain, where 192.100.0.20 is associated IP for&lt;br /&gt;www and NS is 192.100.0.X where X is your IP.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. rename the file named.caching-nameserver.conf into named.conf file located into&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc&lt;br /&gt;#mv /var/named/chroot/etc/named.caching-nameserver.conf&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;2. Check the permission and ownership as well as SELinux Context should be like as:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r—– root named system_u:object_r:named_conf_t&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;If selinux context is mismatch use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;3. vi /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type master;&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file is used to register the zone as well as specify the&lt;br /&gt;global option for DNS server. There are two types of zone, i. Master, which contains the&lt;br /&gt;original data. ii. Slave, backup of master. Here is the example of master zone&lt;br /&gt;configuration.&lt;br /&gt;4. vi /var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;$TTL 345345&lt;br /&gt;@ IN SOA @ webmaster.example.com.(&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;101; Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;1H; Refresh Time&lt;br /&gt;1M; Retry Time&lt;br /&gt;1W; Expire Time&lt;br /&gt;1D; Minimum Time to Live&lt;br /&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;@ IN NS 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;www IN A 192.100.0.20&lt;br /&gt;5. Check the permission as well as SELinux Context should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root named root:object_r:named_zone_t&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;If selinux context is mismatch use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;6.         service named start&lt;br /&gt;7.         rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;8.          chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;Zone file should create on /var/named/chroot/var/named. Default Directory Path is&lt;br /&gt;specified on /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;$TTL Time To Live, How much seconds cache server stores the information about&lt;br /&gt;DNS. And Five Parameters specified Serial Number used by slave to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;master server. Refresh and Retry Time used by slave server. NS is the Name (DNS)&lt;br /&gt;server where lookup the domain. A (Associated IP) for particular host.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;100&lt;br /&gt;You are an Administrator of example.com domain. You need to configure the DNS&lt;br /&gt;for www.example.com by providing the round-robin load balancing. You should&lt;br /&gt;load balance to 5 hosts for www having IP: 192.100.0.1, 192.100.0.2, 192.100.0.3,&lt;br /&gt;192.100.0.4 and 192.100.0.5. Where DNS is 192.100.0.X (X is your DNS Server).&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Rename the file named.caching-nameserver.conf into named.conf file located into&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc&lt;br /&gt;#mv /var/named/chroot/etc/named.caching-nameserver.conf&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;2. Check the permission and ownership as well as SELinux Context should be like as:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r—– root named system_u:object_r:named_conf_t&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;If selinux context is mismatch use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;3.           vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type master;&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file is used to register the zone as well as specify the&lt;br /&gt;global option for DNS server. There are two types of zone, i. Master, which contains the&lt;br /&gt;original data. ii. Slave, backup of master. Here is the example of master zone&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;configuration.&lt;br /&gt;4.            vi /var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;$TTL 345345&lt;br /&gt;@ IN SOA @ webmaster.example.com.(&lt;br /&gt;101; Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;1H; Refresh Time&lt;br /&gt;1M; Retry Time&lt;br /&gt;1W; Expire Time&lt;br /&gt;1D; Minimum Time to Live&lt;br /&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;@ IN NS 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.1&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.2&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.3&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.4&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.5&lt;br /&gt;3.               service named start&lt;br /&gt;4.                rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;5.                 chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;6.                 Check the permission as well as SELinux Context should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root named root:object_r:named_zone_t&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;If selinux context is mismatch use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;7.              service named start&lt;br /&gt;8.              rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;9.             chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;Zone file should create on /var/named/chroot/var/named. Default Directory Path is&lt;br /&gt;specified on /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;$TTL-&gt; Time To Live, How much seconds cache server stores the information about&lt;br /&gt;DNS. And Five Parameters specified Serial Number used by slave to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;master server. Refresh and Retry Time used by slave server. NS is the Name (DNS)&lt;br /&gt;server where lookup the domain. A (Associated IP) for particular host.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;101&lt;br /&gt;You are working as an administrator of example.com domain. There are five web&lt;br /&gt;servers( www), three mail servers(mail1, mail2, mail). Configure the DNS for www,&lt;br /&gt;mail, mail1, mail2 by specifying mail.example.com is the Primary Mail Server for&lt;br /&gt;example.com domain. Where 192.168.100.1-5 for www, 6,7,8 for mail, mail1, m ail2&lt;br /&gt;and 192.168.0.X for DNS.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Rename the file named.caching-nameserver.conf into named.conf file located into&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc&lt;br /&gt;#mv /var/named/chroot/etc/named.caching-nameserver.conf&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;2. Check the permission and ownership as well as SELinux Context should be like as:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r—– root named system_u:object_r:named_conf_t&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;If selinux context is mismatch use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;3.                vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type master;&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file is used to register the zone as well as specify the&lt;br /&gt;global option for DNS server. There are two types of zone, i. Master, which contains the&lt;br /&gt;original data. ii. Slave, backup of master. Here is the example of master zone&lt;br /&gt;configuration.&lt;br /&gt;4.          vi /var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;$TTL 345345&lt;br /&gt;@ IN SOA @ webmaster.example.com.(&lt;br /&gt;101; Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;1H; Refresh Time&lt;br /&gt;1M; Retry Time&lt;br /&gt;1W; Expire Time&lt;br /&gt;1D; Minimum Time to Live&lt;br /&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;@ IN NS 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.1&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.2&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.3&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.4&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.5&lt;br /&gt;mail IN A 192.100.0.6&lt;br /&gt;mail1 IN A 192.100.0.7&lt;br /&gt;mail2 IN A 192.100.0.8&lt;br /&gt;@ IN MX 5 mail.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;@ IN MX 8 mail1.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;@ IN MX 10 mail2.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;3.             service named start&lt;br /&gt;4.             rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;5.             chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;6. Check the permission as well as SELinux Context should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root named root:object_r:named_zone_t&lt;br /&gt;/var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;If selinux context is mismatch use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;7.            service named start&lt;br /&gt;8.            rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;9.             chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;Zone file should create on /var/named/chroot/var/named. Default Directory Path is&lt;br /&gt;specified on /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;$TTL Time To Live, How much seconds cache server stores the information about&lt;br /&gt;DNS. And Five Parameters specified Serial Number used by slave to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;master server. Refresh and Retry Time used by slave server. NS is the Name (DNS)&lt;br /&gt;server where lookup the domain. A (Associated IP) for particular host.&lt;br /&gt;DNS has mechanism to load balance the request from clients. You can verify using host&lt;br /&gt;www.example.com command. MX resource records are used to define mail handler or&lt;br /&gt;exchanger for the domain. MX record must pass the positive integer value. This integer&lt;br /&gt;value is used by remote Mail Transport Agent (MTA) to determine, which host has&lt;br /&gt;delivery priority for the zone. The Lowest integer value will get the priority.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;102&lt;br /&gt;Configure the Slave DNS for example.com domain where master DNS is&lt;br /&gt;192.100.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Slave DNS is the backup of master DNS. Automatically within a certain time&lt;br /&gt;slave DNS synchronizes with the Master DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type slave;&lt;br /&gt;masters { 192.100.0.254; };&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;named-checkconf command checks the syntax for /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;3. service named start | restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;103&lt;br /&gt;Configure the caching only-name server for example.com where DNS server is&lt;br /&gt;192.100.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;options {&lt;br /&gt;forwarders { 192.168.22.250; };&lt;br /&gt;forward only;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;2. service named start | restart&lt;br /&gt;Caching-only name server forwards a request to another name server or to the root&lt;br /&gt;name servers in orders to determine the authoritative name server for the resolution.&lt;br /&gt;Once resolution has taken place, the caching-only name server stores the resolved&lt;br /&gt;information in a cache for the designated time to live period.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;104&lt;br /&gt;Configure the DNS server by allowing query only from the 192.168.0.0/24 Local&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Network.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;acl localnet { 192.168.0.0/24; };&lt;br /&gt;options {&lt;br /&gt;allow-query { localnet; };&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;2.          service named restart | start&lt;br /&gt;allow-query is a global option on /var/named/chroot/etc/named.conf, specifies an address&lt;br /&gt;match list of hosts allowed to query this server. If this option is not set, any host can&lt;br /&gt;query the server.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;105&lt;br /&gt;Configure the DHCP server by matching the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;• Subnet and netmask should be 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;• Gateway Should be 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;• DNS Sever Should be 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;• Domain Name should be example.com&lt;br /&gt;• Range from 192.168.0.10-50&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/dhcpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;ddns-update-style none;&lt;br /&gt;option routers 192.168.0.1;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name “example.com”;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name-servers 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;default-lease-time 21600;&lt;br /&gt;max-lease-time 43200;&lt;br /&gt;subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;range 192.168.0.10 192.168.0.50;&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;/etc/dhcpd.conf file is used to configure the DHCP. Some global options i.e Gateway,&lt;br /&gt;domainname, DNS server specified using option keyword.&lt;br /&gt;2. Check the SELinux Context, should be like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:dhcp_etc_t /etc/dhcpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;3. If not use the restorecon -R /etc command to restore the selinux context of the file.&lt;br /&gt;4. service dhcpd start | restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;106&lt;br /&gt;You have DHCP server, which assigns the IP, gateway and DNS server ip to&lt;br /&gt;Clients. There are two DNS servers having MAC address (00:50:FC:98:8D:00,&lt;br /&gt;00:50:FC:98:8C:00), in your LAN, But they always required fixed IP address&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;(192.168.0.254, 192.168.0.253). Configure the DHCP server to assign the fixed IP&lt;br /&gt;address to DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/dhcpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;ddns-update-style none;&lt;br /&gt;option routers 192.168.0.1;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name “example.com”;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name-servers 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;default-lease-time 21600;&lt;br /&gt;max-lease-time 43200;&lt;br /&gt;subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;range 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;host dns1 {&lt;br /&gt;hardware ethernet 00:50:FC:98:8D:00;&lt;br /&gt;fixed-address 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;host dns2 {&lt;br /&gt;hardware ethernet 00:50:FC:98:8C:00;&lt;br /&gt;fixed-address 192.168.0.253;&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;/etc/dhcpd.conf file is used to configure the DHCP. Some global options i.e Gateway,&lt;br /&gt;domainname, DNS server specified using option keyword. To assign as static ip from&lt;br /&gt;dhcp server, required the mac address of interface.&lt;br /&gt;2. Check the SELinux Context, should be like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:dhcp_etc_t /etc/dhcpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;3.            Use the restorecon -R /etc command to restore the selinux context of the file.&lt;br /&gt;4.            service dhcpd start | restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;107&lt;br /&gt;Share /data directory using NFS only to example.com members. These hosts should&lt;br /&gt;get read and write access on shared directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;/data *.example.com(rw,sync)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux Context, should be like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:exports_t /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;Use the restorecon -R /etc command to restore the selinux context of the file.&lt;br /&gt;2.           service nfs start | restart&lt;br /&gt;3.           service portmap start | restart&lt;br /&gt;4.           chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;5.           chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;In Linux to share the data we use the /etc/exports file. Pattern is:&lt;br /&gt;Path client(permission)&lt;br /&gt;Shared Directory Path, Client can be single host or domain name or ip address.&lt;br /&gt;Permission should specify without space with client lists in parentheses. NFS is RPC&lt;br /&gt;service so portmapper service should restart after starting the nfs service.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;108&lt;br /&gt;You have a directory /local. You want to make available that directory to all the&lt;br /&gt;members of example.com and trusted.cracker.org. But directory should available in&lt;br /&gt;read and write to all the members of example.com domain and read only to&lt;br /&gt;cracker.org domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;/local *.example.com(rw,sync) trusted.cracker.org(ro,sync)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux Context, should be like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:exports_t /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;Use the restorecon -R /etc command to restore the selinux context of the file.&lt;br /&gt;2.            service nfs start | restart&lt;br /&gt;3.            service portmap start | restart&lt;br /&gt;4.            chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;5.             chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;In Linux to share the data we use the /etc/exports file. Pattern is:&lt;br /&gt;Path client(permission)&lt;br /&gt;Shared Directory Path, Client can be single host or domain name or ip address.&lt;br /&gt;Permission should specify without space with client lists in parentheses. NFS is RPC&lt;br /&gt;service so portmapper service should restart after starting the nfs service. We can specify&lt;br /&gt;multiple clients’ list separating by space with different shared option.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;109&lt;br /&gt;You have ftp site named ftp.example.com. You want to deny login as an anonymous&lt;br /&gt;on your ftp site. Configure to deny the anonymous.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;anonymous_enable=no&lt;br /&gt;2.           service vsftpd restart&lt;br /&gt;/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf file is used to allow or deny to anonymous or real user. To allow&lt;br /&gt;anonymous anonymous_enable=yes should be there. Sample configuration is like.&lt;br /&gt;# Allow anonymous FTP? (Beware – allowed by default if you comment this&lt;br /&gt;out).&lt;br /&gt;anonymous_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this to allow local users to log in.&lt;br /&gt;local_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this to enable any form of FTP write command.&lt;br /&gt;write_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Default umask for local users is 077. You may wish to change this to&lt;br /&gt;022,&lt;br /&gt;# if your users expect that (022 is used by most other ftpd’s)&lt;br /&gt;local_umask=022&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this to allow the anonymous FTP user to upload files. This&lt;br /&gt;only&lt;br /&gt;# has an effect if the above global write enable is activated. Also,&lt;br /&gt;you will&lt;br /&gt;# obviously need to create a directory writable by the FTP user.&lt;br /&gt;#anon_upload_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this if you want the anonymous FTP user to be able to&lt;br /&gt;create&lt;br /&gt;# new directories.&lt;br /&gt;#anon_mkdir_write_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Activate directory messages – messages given to remote users when&lt;br /&gt;they&lt;br /&gt;# go into a certain directory.&lt;br /&gt;dirmessage_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Activate logging of uploads/downloads.&lt;br /&gt;xferlog_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Make sure PORT transfer connections originate from port 20 (ftpdata).&lt;br /&gt;connect_from_port_20=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# If you want, you can arrange for uploaded anonymous files to be owned&lt;br /&gt;by&lt;br /&gt;# a different user. Note! Using “root” for uploaded files is not&lt;br /&gt;# recommended!&lt;br /&gt;#chown_uploads=YES&lt;br /&gt;#chown_username=whoever&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may override where the log file goes if you like. The default is&lt;br /&gt;shown&lt;br /&gt;# below.&lt;br /&gt;#xferlog_file=/var/log/vsftpd.log&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;# If you want, you can have your log file in standard ftpd xferlog&lt;br /&gt;format&lt;br /&gt;xferlog_std_format=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may change the default value for timing out an idle session.&lt;br /&gt;#idle_session_timeout=600&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may change the default value for timing out a data connection.&lt;br /&gt;#data_connection_timeout=120&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# It is recommended that you define on your system a unique user which&lt;br /&gt;the&lt;br /&gt;# ftp server can use as a totally isolated and unprivileged user.&lt;br /&gt;#nopriv_user=ftpsecure&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Enable this and the server will recognise asynchronous ABOR requests.&lt;br /&gt;Not&lt;br /&gt;# recommended for security (the code is non-trivial). Not enabling it,&lt;br /&gt;# however, may confuse older FTP clients.&lt;br /&gt;#async_abor_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# By default the server will pretend to allow ASCII mode but in fact&lt;br /&gt;ignore&lt;br /&gt;# the request. Turn on the below options to have the server actually do&lt;br /&gt;ASCII&lt;br /&gt;# mangling on files when in ASCII mode.&lt;br /&gt;# Beware that turning on ascii_download_enable enables malicious remote&lt;br /&gt;parties&lt;br /&gt;# to consume your I/O resources, by issuing the command “SIZE&lt;br /&gt;/big/file” in&lt;br /&gt;# ASCII mode.&lt;br /&gt;# These ASCII options are split into upload and download because you&lt;br /&gt;may wish&lt;br /&gt;# to enable ASCII uploads (to prevent uploaded scripts etc. from&lt;br /&gt;breaking),&lt;br /&gt;# without the DoS risk of SIZE and ASCII downloads. ASCII mangling&lt;br /&gt;should be&lt;br /&gt;# on the client anyway..&lt;br /&gt;#ascii_upload_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#ascii_download_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may fully customise the login banner string:&lt;br /&gt;#ftpd_banner=Welcome to blah FTP service.&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may specify a file of disallowed anonymous e-mail addresses.&lt;br /&gt;Apparently&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;# useful for combatting certain DoS attacks.&lt;br /&gt;#deny_email_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;# (default follows)&lt;br /&gt;#banned_email_file=/etc/vsftpd.banned_emails&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may specify an explicit list of local users to chroot() to their&lt;br /&gt;home&lt;br /&gt;# directory. If chroot_local_user is YES, then this list becomes a list&lt;br /&gt;of&lt;br /&gt;# users to NOT chroot().&lt;br /&gt;#chroot_list_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;# (default follows)&lt;br /&gt;#chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may activate the “-R” option to the builtin ls. This is disabled&lt;br /&gt;by&lt;br /&gt;# default to avoid remote users being able to cause excessive I/O on&lt;br /&gt;large&lt;br /&gt;# sites. However, some broken FTP clients such as “ncftp” and “mirror”&lt;br /&gt;assume&lt;br /&gt;# the presence of the “-R” option, so there is a strong case for&lt;br /&gt;enabling it.&lt;br /&gt;#ls_recurse_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;pam_service_name=vsftpd&lt;br /&gt;userlist_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#enable for standalone mode&lt;br /&gt;listen=YES&lt;br /&gt;tcp_wrappers=YES&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;110&lt;br /&gt;You have ftp site named ftp.example.com. You want to allow anonymous users to&lt;br /&gt;upload files on you ftp site. Configure to allow anonymous to upload the files.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;anon_upload_enable=yes&lt;br /&gt;chown_uploads=yes&lt;br /&gt;chown_username=username&lt;br /&gt;2.      service vsftpd start| restart&lt;br /&gt;3.     directory owner should be ftp user: chown ftp directory path allowed to&lt;br /&gt;upload files.&lt;br /&gt;4.     Write permission should be set to owner user.&lt;br /&gt;By default anonymous user can only download files from the ftp. Should write&lt;br /&gt;anon_upload_enable=yes to enable anonymous upload files. Default Directory for&lt;br /&gt;anonymous is /var/ftp.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;111&lt;br /&gt;You want to deny to user1 and user2 users to access files via ftp. Configure to deny&lt;br /&gt;these users to access via ftp.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/vsftpd/ftpusers&lt;br /&gt;user1&lt;br /&gt;user2&lt;br /&gt;2. service vsftpd start| restart&lt;br /&gt;Using /etc/vsftpd/ftpusers file we can deny to certain users to access files via ftp. As well&lt;br /&gt;as there is another file named /etc/vsftpd.user_list can be used to allow or to deny to&lt;br /&gt;users.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;112&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. There is a /data directory on linux server&lt;br /&gt;should make available on windows to only user1 and user2 users with full access.&lt;br /&gt;Configure to make available.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup = mygroup&lt;br /&gt;server string=Share from Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;writable=yes&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;valid users=user1 user2&lt;br /&gt;2.         smbpasswd -a user1&lt;br /&gt;3.         smbpasswd -a user2&lt;br /&gt;4.          service smb start | restart&lt;br /&gt;5.         chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers -&gt;use to share the printers, iii. homes use the share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user-&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd-&gt; Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;113&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. There is a /data directory on linux server&lt;br /&gt;should make available on windows to user1 and user2 users on read and write mode&lt;br /&gt;and read only to other samba users.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup = mygroup&lt;br /&gt;server string=Share from Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;write list= user1 user2&lt;br /&gt;2.     smbpasswd -a user1&lt;br /&gt;3.    smbpasswd -a user2&lt;br /&gt;……..&lt;br /&gt;4.    service smb start | restart&lt;br /&gt;5.    chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i.-&gt; global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers-&gt; use to share the printers, iii. -&gt;homes use the share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user-&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd-&gt; Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;If any valid users option is not specified, then all samba users can access the shared data.&lt;br /&gt;By Default shared permission is on writable=no means read only sharing. Write list&lt;br /&gt;option is used to allow write access on shared directory to certain users or group&lt;br /&gt;members.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;114&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. You want to make available /data&lt;br /&gt;directory to samba users only from  192.168.0.0/24 network. Configure the samba&lt;br /&gt;server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup = mygroup&lt;br /&gt;server string=Share from Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow=192.168.0.&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;writable=yes&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;2.     service smb start| restart&lt;br /&gt;3.     chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i.-&gt; global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers-&gt; use to share the printers, iii.-&gt; homes use to share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user-&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd-&gt; Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;If any valid users option is not specified, then all samba users can access the shared data.&lt;br /&gt;By Default shared permission is on writable=no means read only sharing. Write list&lt;br /&gt;option is used to allow write access on shared directory to certain users or group&lt;br /&gt;members.&lt;br /&gt;To allow access the shared directory only from certain network or hosts, there is a option&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow= host or network. If this option is applied on global option, then it will apply&lt;br /&gt;to all shared directory.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;115&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. Your printer is connected on linux server.&lt;br /&gt;You want to share the printer-using samba so that users working on windows also&lt;br /&gt;can print. Configure the samba server to share printer.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.       vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup=linuxgroup&lt;br /&gt;security=share&lt;br /&gt;printcap name=/etc/printcap&lt;br /&gt;load printers=yes&lt;br /&gt;printing=cups&lt;br /&gt;[printers]&lt;br /&gt;path=/var/spool/samba&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;printable=yes&lt;br /&gt;guest ok=no&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii. homes use to share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/printcap file contains all installed printers name. Printing is print system used on&lt;br /&gt;server.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;116&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.         vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.         m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.         vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;example.com RELAY&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;5.         service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.          chkconfig sendmail on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server program&lt;br /&gt;reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail server, we should&lt;br /&gt;edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the sendmail.cf using m4&lt;br /&gt;command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;117&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN. As well as enable the pop and pop secured protocol.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.        vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.         m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.         vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;example.com RELAY&lt;br /&gt;5.          service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.          chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;7.            vi /etc/dovecot.conf&lt;br /&gt;protocols = pop3 pop3s&lt;br /&gt;8.           service dovecot start | restart&lt;br /&gt;9.            chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server program&lt;br /&gt;reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail server, we should&lt;br /&gt;edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the sendmail.cf using m4&lt;br /&gt;command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;By default dovecot service start only the imap protocol. To start pop protocol with&lt;br /&gt;dovecot, we should write in /etc/dovecot.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;118&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN by following these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;i.       Relay the mail from 192.168.0.0/24 Network&lt;br /&gt;ii.      If any mail coming from cracker.org domain block all mails.&lt;br /&gt;iii.       user5′s mail should be get by user2.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.        vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.        m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.         vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;@cracker.org REJECT&lt;br /&gt;5.        service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.         chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;7.         vi /etc/dovecot.conf&lt;br /&gt;protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps&lt;br /&gt;8.         service dovecot start | restart&lt;br /&gt;9.         chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;10.        vi /etc/aliases&lt;br /&gt;user5: user2&lt;br /&gt;11.         newaliases&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server program&lt;br /&gt;reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail server, we should&lt;br /&gt;edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the sendmail.cf using m4&lt;br /&gt;command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;By default dovecot service start only the imap protocol. To start pop protocol with&lt;br /&gt;dovecot, we should write in /etc/dovecot.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;Using /etc/aliases file we can map the user name to send mail of one user to another user.&lt;br /&gt;To rebuild database we use the newaliases command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;119&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN by following these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;i.          Any mail going from Local LAN should be masquerade to example.com&lt;br /&gt;ii.         Any incoming mail for info@example.com virtual address should be mapped&lt;br /&gt;to admin@example.com&lt;br /&gt;iii.        All outgoing mail should be send via smtp.abc.com mail server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.            vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;MASQUERADE_AS(`example.com’)dnl&lt;br /&gt;define(`SMART_HOST’,`smtp.abc.com’)&lt;br /&gt;3.            m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.              vi /etc/mail/virtusertable&lt;br /&gt;info@example.com admin@example.com&lt;br /&gt;5.               vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server program&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail server, we should&lt;br /&gt;edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the sendmail.cf using m4&lt;br /&gt;command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. We should specify on /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;To masquerade the address, MASQUERADE_AS option is in /etc/mail/sendmail.mc.&lt;br /&gt;SMART_HOST deliver all local mail locally and outgoing mail through another mail server.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/virtusertable file is used map virtual address to real address.&lt;br /&gt;Eg.&lt;br /&gt;info@example.com user1@example.com&lt;br /&gt;enquiry@example.com admin@abc.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;120&lt;br /&gt;Download a index.html file from ftp.server1.example.com and set as default page&lt;br /&gt;for you station?.example.com where ? is your host number. Note file is anonymously&lt;br /&gt;available.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            ftp ftp://server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.            Login as an anonymous and download the file.&lt;br /&gt;3.            Copy the file in /var/www/html if you downloaded in another location.&lt;br /&gt;4.            service httpd restart&lt;br /&gt;5.            Test using links: links http://station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index.html file, should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;121&lt;br /&gt;There are two sites www.abc.com and www.example.com. Both sites are mappings&lt;br /&gt;to 192.100.0.X IP address where X is your Host address. Configure the Apache web&lt;br /&gt;server for these sites to make accessible on web.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;NameVirtualHost 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;&lt;virtualhost com=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName&lt;br /&gt;www.abc.com&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/abc/&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@abc.com&lt;br /&gt;ErrorLog logs/error_abc.logs&lt;br /&gt;CustomLog logs/custom_abc.logs common&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;virtualhost com=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName&lt;br /&gt;www.example.com&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/example/&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@example.com&lt;br /&gt;ErrorLog logs/error_example.logs&lt;br /&gt;CustomLog logs/custom_example.logs common&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Create the directory and index page on specified path. (Index page can&lt;br /&gt;download from ftp://server1.example.com at exam time)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index page , should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;3. service httpd start| restart&lt;br /&gt;4. chkconfig httpd on&lt;br /&gt;5. links&lt;br /&gt;http://www.abc.com&lt;br /&gt;6. links http://www.example.com&lt;br /&gt;For Name based Virtual Hosting, we should specified the IP address on which we&lt;br /&gt;are going to host the multiple sites using NameVirtualHost options.&lt;br /&gt;• ServerName means you FQDN, already lookup on DNS&lt;br /&gt;• DirectoryRoot path for web documents for this site.&lt;br /&gt;• DirectoryIndex default page for websites.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;122&lt;br /&gt;Configure the web server for www.abc.com associated IP address is 192.100.0.1 by&lt;br /&gt;allowing access to user5 and user6 httpusers.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.              vi /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;&lt;virtualhost 1=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName&lt;br /&gt;www.abc.com&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/abc/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;directory var="" www="" abc=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AllowOverride authconfig&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/directory&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@abc.com&lt;br /&gt;ErrorLog logs/error_abc.logs&lt;br /&gt;CustomLog logs/custom_abc.logs common&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Create the directory and index page on specified path. (Index page can&lt;br /&gt;download from ftp://server1.example.com at exam time)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index.html file, should be like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;3. vi /var/www/abc/.htaccess&lt;br /&gt;AuthName “Only to Authorized Users”&lt;br /&gt;AuthType basic&lt;br /&gt;AuthUserFile /etc/httpd/conf/mypasswd&lt;br /&gt;require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux Context, should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root root:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t .htaccess&lt;br /&gt;3. htpasswd -c /etc/httpd/conf/mypasswd user5&lt;br /&gt;4. htpasswd -m /etc/httpd/conf/mypasswd user6&lt;br /&gt;5. chgrp apache /etc/httpd/conf/mypasswd&lt;br /&gt;6. chmod g+r /etc/httpd/conf/mypasswd&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux Context, should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_config_t /etc/httpd/conf/mypasswd&lt;br /&gt;Use restorecon command to restore the mismatched SELinux Context of the file.&lt;br /&gt;7. service httpd restart&lt;br /&gt;8. chkconfig httpd on&lt;br /&gt;AllowOverride Authconfig is used to specify which and how much configuration can be&lt;br /&gt;overridden by directory specific .htaccess files.&lt;br /&gt;One of the most common tasks performed in users’ .htaccess files is adding authorization.&lt;br /&gt;Typically, a user will setup authorization for directories that hold sensitive information&lt;br /&gt;with a configuration.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;123&lt;br /&gt;Configure the web server for www.abc.com associated IP address is 192.100.0.1 by&lt;br /&gt;allowing access within your example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.             vi /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;&lt;virtualhost 1=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName&lt;br /&gt;www.abc.com&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/abc/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;directory var="" www="" abc=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Order Allow, Deny&lt;br /&gt;Allow from .example.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/directory&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@abc.com&lt;br /&gt;ErrorLog logs/error_abc.logs&lt;br /&gt;CustomLog logs/custom_abc.logs common&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Create the directory and index page on specified path. (Index page can&lt;br /&gt;download from ftp://server1.example.com at exam time)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index page , should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;3.                service httpd start|restart&lt;br /&gt;4.                chkconfig httpd on&lt;br /&gt;Order allow, deny Allows explicitly allowed clients, denies everyone else; clients&lt;br /&gt;matched by both allow and deny are denied.&lt;br /&gt;Order deny, allow denies explicitly denied clients, allows everyone else, clients&lt;br /&gt;matched by both allow and deny are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;124&lt;br /&gt;You have a domain named www.rhce.com associated IP address is 192.100.0.2.&lt;br /&gt;Configure the Apache web server by implementing the SSL for encryption&lt;br /&gt;communication.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf&lt;br /&gt;&lt;virtualhost 2=""&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName&lt;br /&gt;www.rhce.com&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/rhce&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html index.htm&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@rhce.com&lt;br /&gt;SSLEngine on&lt;br /&gt;SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/localhost.crt&lt;br /&gt;SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/localhost.key&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.   cd /etc/httpd/conf&lt;br /&gt;3.    make testcert&lt;br /&gt;4.    Create the directory and index page on specified path. (Index page can download&lt;br /&gt;from ftp://server1.example.com at exam time)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index page , should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;5.     service httpd start|restart&lt;br /&gt;6.      chkconfig httpd on&lt;br /&gt;Apache can provide encrypted communications using SSL (Secure Socket Layer). To&lt;br /&gt;make use of encrypted communication, a client must request to https protocol, which is&lt;br /&gt;uses port 443. For HTTPS protocol required the certificate file and key file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;125&lt;br /&gt;Configure the Apache webserver for station?.example.com (associated IP is your&lt;br /&gt;host IP address) by downloading the index.html from&lt;br /&gt;ftp://server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;&lt;virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/station?&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@example.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/virtualhost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Create the directory and index page on specified path. (Index page can&lt;br /&gt;download from ftp://server1.example.com at exam time)&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index page , should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;3.              service httpd start|restart&lt;br /&gt;4.              chkconfig httpd on&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;126&lt;br /&gt;Share the Internet using squid for your Local LAN. Proxy server should be run on&lt;br /&gt;8080 port.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/squid/squid.conf&lt;br /&gt;#detault:&lt;br /&gt;http_port 8080&lt;br /&gt;#Recommended minimum configuration:&lt;br /&gt;# Near the src acl src section&lt;br /&gt;acl mynet src 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;#Default:&lt;br /&gt;# http_access deny all&lt;br /&gt;#Under Here&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow mynet&lt;br /&gt;2.        service squid start&lt;br /&gt;3.        chkconfig squid on&lt;br /&gt;squid is a proxy caching server, using squid we can share the internet, block the internet, to&lt;br /&gt;certain network. First we should define the port for squid, the standard port for squid is 3128. We&lt;br /&gt;can run squid on different port by specifying http_port portnumber.&lt;br /&gt;To block or allow the Internet access to hosts, we should create the acl (Access Control List). In&lt;br /&gt;this file we can specify only the IP address.&lt;br /&gt;Example: acl aclname src IP/Netmask&lt;br /&gt;After creating acl we can block or allow the internet to specified acl.&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow | deny alcname&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;127&lt;br /&gt;Using squid block Internet to 192.168.1.0/24 Network and allow to 192.168.0.0/24&lt;br /&gt;Network.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.      vi /etc/squid/squid.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;#detault:&lt;br /&gt;http_port 8080&lt;br /&gt;#Recommended minimum configuration:&lt;br /&gt;# Near the src acl src section&lt;br /&gt;acl allownet src 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;acl denynet src 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;#Default:&lt;br /&gt;# http_access deny all&lt;br /&gt;#Under Here&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow allownet&lt;br /&gt;http_access deny denynet&lt;br /&gt;2.    service squid start&lt;br /&gt;3.     chkconfig squid on&lt;br /&gt;squid is a proxy caching server, using squid we can share the internet, block the internet, to&lt;br /&gt;certain network. First we should define the port for squid, the standard port for squid is 3128. We&lt;br /&gt;can run squid on different port by specifying http_port portnumber.&lt;br /&gt;To block or allow the Internet access to hosts, we should create the acl (Access Control List). In&lt;br /&gt;this file we can specify only the IP address.&lt;br /&gt;Example: acl aclname src IP/Netmask&lt;br /&gt;After creating acl we can block or allow the internet to specified acl.&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow | deny alcname&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;128&lt;br /&gt;Run the squid proxy server on port 8080 by allowing internet access to&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.0/24 and block msn.com site to access.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/squid/squid.conf&lt;br /&gt;#detault:&lt;br /&gt;http_port 8080&lt;br /&gt;#Recommended minimum configuration:&lt;br /&gt;# Near the src acl src section&lt;br /&gt;acl allownet src 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;acl msnnet dstdomain .msn.com&lt;br /&gt;#Default:&lt;br /&gt;# http_access deny all&lt;br /&gt;#Under Here&lt;br /&gt;http_access deny msnnet&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow allownet&lt;br /&gt;2.         service squid start&lt;br /&gt;3.         chkconfig squid on&lt;br /&gt;squid is a proxy caching server, using squid we can share the internet, block the internet,&lt;br /&gt;to certain network. First we should define the port for squid, the standard port for squid is&lt;br /&gt;3128. We can run squid on different port by specifying http_port portnumber.&lt;br /&gt;To block or allow the Internet access to hosts, we should create the acl (Access Control&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;List). In this file we can specify only the IP address.&lt;br /&gt;Example: acl aclname src IP/Netmask&lt;br /&gt;After creating acl we can block or allow the Internet to specified acl.&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow | deny alcname&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;129&lt;br /&gt;You are the administrator of example.com domain. Configure to deny local login to&lt;br /&gt;all normal users on your domain server. As well as allow to root login only on First&lt;br /&gt;Terminal.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        touch /etc/nologin&lt;br /&gt;2.        vi /etc/securetty&lt;br /&gt;comment all available terminall then first.&lt;br /&gt;If /etc/nologin file is created, then pam modules pan_nologin deny to all non-root users to&lt;br /&gt;login locally.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/pam.d/login file calls the module.&lt;br /&gt;#%PAM-1.0&lt;br /&gt;auth required           pam_securetty.so&lt;br /&gt;auth required           pam_stack.so service=system-auth&lt;br /&gt;auth required           pam_nologin.so&lt;br /&gt;account required      pam_stack.so service=system-auth&lt;br /&gt;password required   pam_stack.so service=system-auth&lt;br /&gt;# pam_selinux.so close should be the first session rule&lt;br /&gt;session required      pam_selinux.so close&lt;br /&gt;session required      pam_stack.so service=system-auth&lt;br /&gt;session optional      pam_console.so&lt;br /&gt;# pam_selinux.so open should be the last session rule&lt;br /&gt;session required     pam_selinux.so multiple open&lt;br /&gt;pam_securetty modules checks the /etc/securetty file, which terminal are available to&lt;br /&gt;root. If terminal is not available in this file then pam_securetty module deny to login on&lt;br /&gt;unavailable terminal to root user.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;130&lt;br /&gt;You are the Network Engineer of example.com domain. Configure to allow users&lt;br /&gt;user1, user2 and user3 to login only between 9am to 17pm on very day.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;login;*;user1|user2|user3;Al0900-1700&lt;br /&gt;2.          vi /etc/pam.d/login&lt;br /&gt;account required pam_time.so&lt;br /&gt;For Time based authentication, we should configured in /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;services;ttys;users;times&lt;br /&gt;services&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of PAM service names that the rule applies to.&lt;br /&gt;ttys&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of terminal names that this rule applies to.&lt;br /&gt;users&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of users to whom this rule applies.&lt;br /&gt;times&lt;br /&gt;the format here is a logic list of day/time-range entries the days are specified by a&lt;br /&gt;sequence of two character entries, MoTuSa for example is Monday Tuesday and&lt;br /&gt;Saturday. Note that repeated days are unset MoMo = no day, and MoWk = all weekdays&lt;br /&gt;bar Monday. The two character combinations accepted are&lt;br /&gt;Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Wk Wd Al&lt;br /&gt;the last two being week-end days and all 7 days of the week respectively. As a final&lt;br /&gt;example, AlFr means all days except Friday.&lt;br /&gt;pam_time modules checks the file /etc/security/time.conf for authentication. So, we&lt;br /&gt;should call the pam_time modules in /etc/pam.d/login.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;131&lt;br /&gt;There are some part-time staff in your office. And you gave the username user9 and&lt;br /&gt;user10 to them. Their Office time is 12-2pm on Sunday, Monday and Friday.&lt;br /&gt;Configure to login only on their office time.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;login;*;user9|user10;SuMoFri1200-1400&lt;br /&gt;2.           vi /etc/pam.d/login&lt;br /&gt;account required pam_time.so&lt;br /&gt;For Time based authentication, we should configured in /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;services;ttys;users;times&lt;br /&gt;services&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of PAM service names that the rule applies to.&lt;br /&gt;ttys&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of terminal names that this rule applies to.&lt;br /&gt;users&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of users to whom this rule applies.&lt;br /&gt;times&lt;br /&gt;the format here is a logic list of day/time-range entries the days are specified by a&lt;br /&gt;sequence of two character entries, MoTuSa for example is Monday Tuesday and&lt;br /&gt;Saturday. Note that repeated days are unset MoMo = no day, and MoWk = all weekdays&lt;br /&gt;bar Monday. The two character combinations accepted are&lt;br /&gt;Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Wk Wd Al&lt;br /&gt;the last two being week-end days and all 7 days of the week respectively. As a final&lt;br /&gt;example, AlFr means all days except Friday.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;pam_time modules checks the file /etc/security/time.conf for authentication. So, we&lt;br /&gt;should call the pam_time modules in /etc/pam.d/login.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;132&lt;br /&gt;Deny login to user15 and user16 on Saturday.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;login;*;user15|user16;Sa0000-2400&lt;br /&gt;2.          vi /etc/pam.d/login&lt;br /&gt;account required pam_time.so&lt;br /&gt;For Time based authentication, we should configured in /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of /etc/security/time.conf&lt;br /&gt;services;ttys;users;times&lt;br /&gt;services&lt;br /&gt;s a logic list of PAM service names that the rule applies to.&lt;br /&gt;ttys&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of terminal names that this rule applies to.&lt;br /&gt;users&lt;br /&gt;is a logic list of users to whom this rule applies.&lt;br /&gt;times&lt;br /&gt;the format here is a logic list of day/time-range entries the days are specified by a&lt;br /&gt;sequence of two character entries, MoTuSa for example is Monday Tuesday and&lt;br /&gt;Saturday. Note that repeated days are unset MoMo = no day, and MoWk = all weekdays&lt;br /&gt;bar Monday. The two character combinations accepted are&lt;br /&gt;Mo Tu We Th Fr Sa Su Wk Wd Al&lt;br /&gt;the last two being week-end days and all 7 days of the week respectively. As a final&lt;br /&gt;example, AlFr means all days except Friday.&lt;br /&gt;pam_time modules checks the file /etc/security/time.conf for authentication. So, we&lt;br /&gt;should call the pam_time modules in /etc/pam.d/login.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;133&lt;br /&gt;You are working as a Network Engineer. Due to system processing, you want to&lt;br /&gt;limit the number of process to users. If then, configure that user1 and user2 should&lt;br /&gt;get one login at a time and all the members of training group can get total 5 logins.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/security/limits.conf&lt;br /&gt;user1,user2           -            maxlogins                 1&lt;br /&gt;@training              -           maxlogins                 5&lt;br /&gt;2. vi /etc/pam.d/system-auth&lt;br /&gt;session required /lib/security/pam_limits.so&lt;br /&gt;To limit the number of process or number of logins, we should configure on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/security/limits.conf. First Columns contains the username separated by comma or&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;@group name. Second column either hard or soft limits. Third columns called the item,&lt;br /&gt;maxloigns or nproc etc.&lt;br /&gt;To identify the session of users we should call the pam_limits module in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/pam.d/system-auth.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;134&lt;br /&gt;Now a days you are observing that your system being very slow. You observe the&lt;br /&gt;processes that one user named user1 running more than 50 processes. Configure to&lt;br /&gt;limit the number of processes that user1 couldn’t run more than 7 process.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.             vi /etc/security/limits.conf&lt;br /&gt;user1 hard nproc 7&lt;br /&gt;2.               vi /etc/pam.d/system-auth&lt;br /&gt;session required /lib/security/pam_limits.so&lt;br /&gt;To limit the number of process or number of logins, we should configure on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/security/limits.conf. First Columns contains the username separated by comma or&lt;br /&gt;@group name. Second column either hard or soft limits. Third columns called the item,&lt;br /&gt;maxloigns or nproc etc.&lt;br /&gt;To identify the session of users we should call the pam_limits module in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/pam.d/system-auth.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;135&lt;br /&gt;Deny to john user login locally.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.                vi /etc/security/access.conf&lt;br /&gt;-:john:LOCAL&lt;br /&gt;2.                 vi /etc/pam.d/system-auth&lt;br /&gt;account required /lib/security/pam_access.so&lt;br /&gt;/etc/security/access.conf file helps to allow or deny login to users on the basis of origin.&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of /etc/security/access.conf&lt;br /&gt;permission : users : origins&lt;br /&gt;The first field should be a “+” (access granted) or “-” (access denied) character.&lt;br /&gt;The second field should be a list of one or more login names, group names, or ALL&lt;br /&gt;(always matches). A pattern of the form user@host is matched when the login name&lt;br /&gt;matches the “user” part, and when the “host” part matches the local machine name.&lt;br /&gt;The third field should be a list of one or more tty names (for non-networked logins), host&lt;br /&gt;names, domain names (begin with “.”), host addresses, internet network numbers (end&lt;br /&gt;with “.”), ALL (always matches) or LOCAL (matches any string that does not contain a&lt;br /&gt;“.” character).&lt;br /&gt;In our example denied to john user to login locally.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;136&lt;br /&gt;You have a domain in your LAN example.com. Configure to allow login to jack only&lt;br /&gt;from station10.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.                  vi /etc/security/access.conf&lt;br /&gt;-:jack:ALL EXCEPT station10.example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.                   vi /etc/pam.d/system-auth&lt;br /&gt;account required /lib/security/pam_access.so&lt;br /&gt;/etc/security/access.conf file helps to allow or deny login to users on the basis of origin.&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of /etc/security/access.conf&lt;br /&gt;permission : users : origins&lt;br /&gt;The first field should be a “+” (access granted) or “-” (access denied) character.&lt;br /&gt;The second field should be a list of one or more login names, group names, or ALL&lt;br /&gt;(always matches). A pattern of the form user@host is matched when the login name&lt;br /&gt;matches the “user” part, and when the “host” part matches the local machine name.&lt;br /&gt;The third field should be a list of one or more tty names (for non-networked logins), host&lt;br /&gt;names, domain names (begin with “.”), host addresses, internet network numbers (end&lt;br /&gt;with “.”), ALL (always matches) or LOCAL (matches any string that does not contain a&lt;br /&gt;“.” character).&lt;br /&gt;The EXCEPT operator makes it possible to write very compact rules&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;137&lt;br /&gt;One User named peter working with you as your assistance. His main responsibility&lt;br /&gt;is to manager users. Give the privilege to run useradd, passwd, groupadd, userdel,&lt;br /&gt;groupdel, usermod command using sudo.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.              visudo&lt;br /&gt;# User alias Specification&lt;br /&gt;User_alias LIMITEDTRUST=peter&lt;br /&gt;# Cmnd alias Specification&lt;br /&gt;Cmnd_alias MINIMUM=/usr/sbin/useradd, /usr/bin/passwd, /usr/sbin/groupadd,&lt;br /&gt;/usr/sbin/userdel, /usr/sbin/groupdel, /usr/sbin/usermod&lt;br /&gt;# User Privilege Specification&lt;br /&gt;LIMITEDTRUST ALL=MINIMUM&lt;br /&gt;2.              Login as peter user and run sudo useradd username&lt;br /&gt;Using Sudo we can give root level privilege on commands. Visudo is the sudo editor. In&lt;br /&gt;user alias Specification we create the user alias and in Cmnd alias Specification, we&lt;br /&gt;create the command alias. In User Privilege Specification section, list the users, groups&lt;br /&gt;allowed to use the sudo.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;138&lt;br /&gt;You have a domain in your LAN named example.com. Allow the FTP connection&lt;br /&gt;only from local domain.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.              vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:ALL EXCEPT .example.com&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;139&lt;br /&gt;Allow the NFS service only to example.com, trusted.cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;nfs,portmap:ALL EXCEPT .example.com, trusted.cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/packagename&gt;&lt;/nis&gt;&lt;/nis&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-3626901964370869002?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eAsPfKdLUZ720Ul5shpCcbxvCA4/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eAsPfKdLUZ720Ul5shpCcbxvCA4/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eAsPfKdLUZ720Ul5shpCcbxvCA4/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eAsPfKdLUZ720Ul5shpCcbxvCA4/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/m9ZzwyVRQ4w" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/3626901964370869002/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=3626901964370869002" title="2 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3626901964370869002?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3626901964370869002?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/m9ZzwyVRQ4w/rhce-rh302-exam-questions-part01.html" title="RHCE rh302 exam questions Part01" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>2</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/rhce-rh302-exam-questions-part01.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkUBR3s6fyp7ImA9WxFWE04.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-8247250400439443337</id><published>2010-05-31T21:19:00.004+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-31T21:24:16.517+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-31T21:24:16.517+03:00</app:edited><title>RHCE rh302 exam questions Part02</title><content type="html">QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;140&lt;br /&gt;Configure to deny the pop and imap connection from outside local LAN as well as&lt;br /&gt;station20.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;dovecot:ALL EXCEPT .example.com EXCEPT station20.example.com&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;141&lt;br /&gt;Deny the ALL services to the member of cracker.org but allow to&lt;br /&gt;trusted.cracker.org.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;ALL:.cracker.org EXCEPT trusted.cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;142&lt;br /&gt;Configure to allow the ssh service only from 192.168.0.0/24 except 192.168.0.4&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;sshd: 192.168.0. EXCEPT 192.168.0.4&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;143&lt;br /&gt;ssh service is enabled in your Server. Your LAN is connected to WAN also.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Configure to match following conditions.&lt;br /&gt;i.    Deny the ssh from outside the example.com domain members.&lt;br /&gt;ii.    If any denied hosts tried for ssh then send the information through mail with&lt;br /&gt;client;s information.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;sshd:ALL EXCEPT .example.com: spawn echo “Loging attempt from %c to %s” | mail -&lt;br /&gt;s “Login from denied hosts” root&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;144&lt;br /&gt;Your LAN is 192.168.0.0/24. Block the telnet connection from outside the LAN.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;in.telnetd:ALL EXCEPT 192.168.0.&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;-Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address. Here in.telnetd is the telnet server&lt;br /&gt;program name.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;145&lt;br /&gt;Configure the telnet connection only from your local LAN (192.168.0.0/24) between&lt;br /&gt;9-17pm.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/xinetd.d/telnet&lt;br /&gt;service telnet {&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;only_from = 192.168.0.0/24&lt;br /&gt;access_times = 09:00-17:00&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;2.         chkconf telnet on&lt;br /&gt;3.           service xinetd restart&lt;br /&gt;xinetd based services can manage by specifying host and time parameters. Only_from&lt;br /&gt;means connection allowed network, remaining hosts explicitly deny. access_times&lt;br /&gt;specify when service is available.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;146&lt;br /&gt;You have a ftp server having IP address 192.168.0.254. Using iptables, allow the ftp&lt;br /&gt;connection only from the internal network where internal network is 192.168.0.0/24.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1. iptables -t filter -A INPUT -s ! 192.168.0.0/24 -p tcp -d 192.168.0.254 –dport&lt;br /&gt;20 -j DROP&lt;br /&gt;2. iptables -t filter -A INPUT -s ! 192.168.0.0/24 -p tcp -d 192.168.0.254 –dport&lt;br /&gt;21 -j DROP&lt;br /&gt;iptables is the build-in firewall tools, used to filter the packets and for nat. By identifying&lt;br /&gt;Source Address, Destination Address, type of protocol, source and destination port we&lt;br /&gt;can filter the packets.&lt;br /&gt;-s -&gt;Source Address&lt;br /&gt;-d  -&gt;Destination Address&lt;br /&gt;-p -&gt; Layer 3 Protocol&lt;br /&gt;-d -&gt; Destination Address&lt;br /&gt;–sport Source Prot&lt;br /&gt;–dport Destination Port&lt;br /&gt;-i -&gt; Incoming Interface&lt;br /&gt;-o -&gt; Outgoing Interface&lt;br /&gt;-t -&gt; Table either filter or nat or mangle&lt;br /&gt;-A  -&gt;Chain can be either INPUT, OUTPUT, FORWARD, PREROUTING,&lt;br /&gt;POSTROUTING.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;147&lt;br /&gt;Your LAN is connected to WAN also. You want to deny the ssh coming from WAN.&lt;br /&gt;Configure using iptables to allow ssh connection only from the Local LAN where&lt;br /&gt;you LAN IP address is 192.168.0.0/24.&lt;br /&gt;Answer And Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1. iptables -t filter -A INPUT -s ! 192.168.0.0/24 -p tcp –dport 22 -j DROP&lt;br /&gt;iptables is the build-in firewall tools, used to filter the packets and for nat. By identifying&lt;br /&gt;Source Address, Destination Address, type of protocol, source and destination port we&lt;br /&gt;can filter the packets.&lt;br /&gt;-s  -&gt;Source Address&lt;br /&gt;-d -&gt; Destination Address&lt;br /&gt;-p  -&gt;Layer 3 Protocol&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;-d -&gt; Destination Address&lt;br /&gt;–sport Source Prot&lt;br /&gt;–dport Destination Port&lt;br /&gt;-i -&gt; Incoming Interface&lt;br /&gt;-o -&gt; Outgoing Interface&lt;br /&gt;-t -&gt; Table either filter or nat or mangle&lt;br /&gt;-A -&gt; Chain can be either INPUT, OUTPUT, FORWARD, PREROUTING,&lt;br /&gt;POSTROUTING.&lt;br /&gt;ssh service use the 22 port so we can block connection from outside the LAN.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;148&lt;br /&gt;You have a dedicated internet line in your LAN and IP from your ISP is 202.2.2.2.&lt;br /&gt;Your LAN is in 192.168.0.0/24. Configure the SNAT that allows all system in your&lt;br /&gt;LAN can access the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1. iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -p tcp -j SNAT -to-source&lt;br /&gt;202.2.2.2.&lt;br /&gt;POSTROUTING This filter point handles packets immediately prior leaving the&lt;br /&gt;system.&lt;br /&gt;When Packets leave the system all’s source address change to 202.2.2.2 and can access&lt;br /&gt;the internet.&lt;br /&gt;iptables is the build-in firewall tools, used to filter the packets and for nat. By identifying&lt;br /&gt;Source Address, Destination Address, type of protocol, source and destination port we&lt;br /&gt;can filter the packets.&lt;br /&gt;-s  -&gt;Source Address&lt;br /&gt;-d -&gt; Destination Address&lt;br /&gt;-p  -&gt;Layer 3 Protocol&lt;br /&gt;-d -&gt; Destination Address&lt;br /&gt;–sport Source Prot&lt;br /&gt;–dport Destination Port&lt;br /&gt;-i  -&gt;Incoming Interface&lt;br /&gt;-o -&gt; Outgoing Interface&lt;br /&gt;-t  -&gt;Table either filter or nat or mangle&lt;br /&gt;-A -&gt; Chain can be either INPUT, OUTPUT, FORWARD, PREROUTING,&lt;br /&gt;POSTROUTING.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;149&lt;br /&gt;ssh service is enabled in your Server. Configure to&lt;br /&gt;- Deny the ssh from cracker.org domain.&lt;br /&gt;- Allow the ssh service only from example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;sshd:ALL EXCEPT .example.com&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;sshd:ALL&lt;br /&gt;2.         vi /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;sshd:.example.com&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;- Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;150&lt;br /&gt;You have a domain in your LAN named example.com and cracker.org. Allow the&lt;br /&gt;- Allow the FTP connection only from local domain.&lt;br /&gt;- Deny the FTP connection from cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:ALL EXCEPT .example.com&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:ALL&lt;br /&gt;2.           vi /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:.example.com&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;- Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;151&lt;br /&gt;Configure to allow the pop3 and imap connection from your domain example.com&lt;br /&gt;and cracker.org domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;dovecot:ALL EXCEPT .example.com, .cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;- Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;152&lt;br /&gt;Share the /data directory only to example.com members. These hosts should get&lt;br /&gt;read and write access on shared directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;/data *.example.com(rw,sync)&lt;br /&gt;2.   service nfs start&lt;br /&gt;3.   service portmap restart&lt;br /&gt;4.   chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;5.   chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;In Linux to share the data we use the /etc/exports file. Pattern is:&lt;br /&gt;Path client(permission)&lt;br /&gt;Shared Directory Path, Client can be single host or domain name or ip address.&lt;br /&gt;Permission should specify without space with client lists in parentheses.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;153&lt;br /&gt;/data directory on linux server should make available on windows to only john with&lt;br /&gt;full access but read only to other users and make sure that /data can access only&lt;br /&gt;within example.com domain. Configure to make available.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup=station?&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow= .example.com&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;write list=john&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;2.            smbpasswd -a john&lt;br /&gt;3.            service smb start&lt;br /&gt;4.            chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i.  -&gt;global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii -&gt;. homes use the share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user -&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd  -&gt;Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;If any valid users option is not specified, then all samba users can access the shared data.&lt;br /&gt;By Default shared permission is on writable=no means read only sharing. Write list&lt;br /&gt;option is used to allow write access on shared directory to certain users or group&lt;br /&gt;members.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;154&lt;br /&gt;/data directory on linux server should make available on windows system that eric&lt;br /&gt;user should able to access on read only mode within example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup=station?&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow= .example.com&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;2.         smbpasswd -a eric&lt;br /&gt;3.           service smb start&lt;br /&gt;4.           chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. -&gt; global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers  -&gt;use to share the printers, iii. -&gt; homes use the share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Security=user -&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd  -&gt;Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;155&lt;br /&gt;Configure the send mail server for your local LAN. As well as the mail of user john&lt;br /&gt;should get by the jane user.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Here your Local LAN means your domain named example.com.&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.           vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.           m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.             vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;5.            service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.            chkconfig sendmail on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server program&lt;br /&gt;reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail server, we should&lt;br /&gt;edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the sendmail.cf using m4&lt;br /&gt;command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;7.             vi /etc/aliases&lt;br /&gt;john: jane&lt;br /&gt;8.             newaliases&lt;br /&gt;We can redirect the mail of one user to another user using /etc/aliases file. In example all&lt;br /&gt;mail of john goes to jane user.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;156&lt;br /&gt;If any mail coming from outside of the local LAN block all mails.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Outside the LAN means cracker.org. All host on exam on example.com domain and&lt;br /&gt;outside domain means cracker.org.&lt;br /&gt;To block the mail coming from cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;1.              vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;@cracker.rog REJECT&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;2.             service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;3.             chkconfig sendmail on&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;157&lt;br /&gt;If root sends the mail to jane, mail should be send to /var/spool/mail/jane.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;By default all mails to user will send to user’s spool directory. Nothing to do.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;158&lt;br /&gt;All mails to cracker.org should get by eric user.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.             vi /etc/mail/virtusertable&lt;br /&gt;@cracker.org eric&lt;br /&gt;2.            service sendmail restart&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/virtusertable file is used to send the mail coming for virtual user to real user.&lt;br /&gt;According to question, all mail to cracker.org should get by eric user so&lt;br /&gt;@cracker.org eric : Which sends all mail of cracker.org to eric user.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;159&lt;br /&gt;All mails to my133t.org should get by marion user.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and explanation:&lt;br /&gt;3. vi /etc/mail/virtusertable&lt;br /&gt;@my133t.org marion&lt;br /&gt;# service sendmail restart&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/virtusertable file is used to send the mail coming for virtual user to real user.&lt;br /&gt;According to question, all mail to cracker.org should get by eric user so&lt;br /&gt;@my133t.org eric : Which sends all mail of cracker.org to eric user.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;160&lt;br /&gt;If any mail coming from outside of the local LAN block all mails.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Outside the LAN means my133t.org. All host on exam on example.com domain and&lt;br /&gt;outside domain means cracker.org.&lt;br /&gt;To block the mail coming from cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;@my133t.org REJECT&lt;br /&gt;2.           service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;3.            chkconfig sendmail on&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;161&lt;br /&gt;Any mail coming for accountmanager should get by jeff user.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/mail/virtusertable&lt;br /&gt;accountmanager@ jeff&lt;br /&gt;2. service sendmail restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;162&lt;br /&gt;Your Machine Name is stationx.example.com, (x is your host IP address) which is&lt;br /&gt;already resolved. Set the default page for stationx.example.com by downloading&lt;br /&gt;www.html file from&lt;br /&gt;ftp.server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. ftp ftp.server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;a. Download the www.html&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index page , should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;2. move the downloaded file into /var/www/html&lt;br /&gt;3. Rename the file into index.html&lt;br /&gt;4. Check using links http://stationx.example.com&lt;br /&gt;/var/www/html is the default directory for httpd service. Index.html is the default&lt;br /&gt;directory index. To set the default page without configuring virtualhost copy the file as a&lt;br /&gt;index.html in /var/www/html.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;163&lt;br /&gt;Configure the webserver for your local domain. Download a www.html file from&lt;br /&gt;ftp.server1.example.com/pub/rhce and rename it as index.html.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Your local domain mean example.com domain. Lookup the example.com using&lt;br /&gt;host example.com you will get the IP address 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;1.     vi /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;&lt;VirtualHost 192.168.0.254&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ServerName sexample.com&lt;br /&gt;DocumentRoot /var/www/example&lt;br /&gt;DirectoryIndex index.html&lt;br /&gt;ServerAdmin&lt;br /&gt;webmaster@example.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.     mkdir /var/www/example&lt;br /&gt;3.    Download the index.html file from the ftp server specified in question&lt;br /&gt;4.     Rename the www.html file to index.html&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Check the SELinux context of index page , should like this:&lt;br /&gt;-rw-r–r– root root system_u:object_r:httpd_sys_content_t /var/www/html/index.html&lt;br /&gt;If SELinux Context is mismatched, use the restorecon -R /var command&lt;br /&gt;5.       service httpd start|restart&lt;br /&gt;6.        chkconfig httpd on&lt;br /&gt;7.        check using: links http://example.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;164&lt;br /&gt;Eric user should able to write on Document root directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Document directive is used in apache configuration file to specify the directory where all&lt;br /&gt;web site related documents are. According to question eric user should able to write into&lt;br /&gt;the Document root directory.&lt;br /&gt;Better set the permission using ACL (Access Control List), to apply the permission using&lt;br /&gt;acl needs to mount the filesystem with acl options. Example in above answer&lt;br /&gt;documentroot is in /var and /var is mounting separate file system so needs to mount the&lt;br /&gt;/var file system with acl option.&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;LABEL=            /var          /var         ext3        defaults 1 1&lt;br /&gt;2.          mount -o remount /var&lt;br /&gt;3.          setfacl -m u:eric:rwx /var/www/example&lt;br /&gt;4.          getfacl /var/www/example&lt;br /&gt;getfacl and setfacl two commands used to maintain the permission through acl. setfacl is&lt;br /&gt;used to set the permission on file/directory, getfacl is used to display the permission of&lt;br /&gt;file/directory.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;165&lt;br /&gt;Port 8080&lt;br /&gt;Configure the squid server to allow the Local Domain and deny to cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;At exam Lab example.com domain resides on 192.168.0.0/24 Network and cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;resides on 192.168.1.0/24 Network.&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/squid/squid.conf&lt;br /&gt;#detault:&lt;br /&gt;http_port 8080&lt;br /&gt;#Recommended minimum configuration:&lt;br /&gt;# Near the src acl src section&lt;br /&gt;acl allownet src 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;acl denynet src 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;#Default:&lt;br /&gt;# http_access deny all&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;#Under Here&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow allownet&lt;br /&gt;http_access deny denynet&lt;br /&gt;2.          service squid start&lt;br /&gt;3.            chkconfig squid on&lt;br /&gt;squid is a proxy caching server, using squid we can share the internet, block the internet,&lt;br /&gt;to certain network. First we should define the port for squid, the standard port for squid is&lt;br /&gt;3128. We can run squid on different port by specifying http_port portnumber.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;166&lt;br /&gt;User jeff should able to access the mail using IMAP over SSL&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;IMAP is a very usefully protocol, but it lacks encryption. The dovecot package&lt;br /&gt;distributed with RHEL includes the ability to use IMAP over SSL, This requires the&lt;br /&gt;creation of a PEM format certificate.&lt;br /&gt;1.    cd /etc/pki/tls/ and remove the cert.pem.&lt;br /&gt;2.    Go the /etc/pki/tls/certs then use:&lt;br /&gt;3.    make dovecot.pem : Which generates the dovecot.pem certificate by reading&lt;br /&gt;MakeFile&lt;br /&gt;4.     Enable the imaps with Certificate and Key file protocol from /etc/dovecot.conf&lt;br /&gt;vi /etc/dovecot.conf&lt;br /&gt;protocols = imap imaps&lt;br /&gt;ssl_cert_file = /etc/pki/dovecot/certs/dovecot.pem&lt;br /&gt;ssl_key_file = /etc/pki/dovecot/private/dovecot.pem&lt;br /&gt;5. service dovecot restart : Restart the Dovecot service&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;167&lt;br /&gt;ssh service is enabled in your Server. Configure to&lt;br /&gt;- Deny the ssh from my133t.org domain.&lt;br /&gt;- Allow the ssh service only from example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;sshd:ALL EXCEPT .example.com&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;1.     vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;sshd:ALL&lt;br /&gt;2.      vi /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;sshd:.example.com&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;- Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;168&lt;br /&gt;You have a domain in your LAN named example.com and my133t.org. Allow the&lt;br /&gt;- Allow the FTP connection only from local domain.&lt;br /&gt;- Deny the FTP connection from my133t.org&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:ALL EXCEPT .example.com&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;1.             vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:ALL&lt;br /&gt;2.                vi /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;vsftpd:.example.com&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;- Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;169&lt;br /&gt;Configure to allow the pop3 and imap connection from your domain example.com&lt;br /&gt;and my133t.org domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/hosts.deny&lt;br /&gt;dovecot:ALL EXCEPT .example.com, .my133t.org&lt;br /&gt;We can secure the services using tcp_wrappers. There are main two files, /etc/hosts.allow&lt;br /&gt;and /etc/hosts.deny.&lt;br /&gt;There will be three stage access checking&lt;br /&gt;- Is access explicitly permitted? Means permitted from /etc/hosts.allow?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, Is access explicitly denied? Means denied from /etc/hosts.deny?&lt;br /&gt;- Otherwise, by default permit access if neither condition matched.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;To deny the services we can configure /etc/hosts.deny file using ALL and EXCEPT&lt;br /&gt;operation. Pattern of /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny file is:&lt;br /&gt;Demon_list:client_list:options&lt;br /&gt;In Client list can be either domain name or IP address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;170&lt;br /&gt;Port 8080&lt;br /&gt;Configure the squid server to allow the Local Domain and deny to my133t.org&lt;br /&gt;domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;At exam Lab example.com domain resides on 172.24.0.0/16 Network and my133t.org&lt;br /&gt;resides on 172.25.0.0/16 Network.&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/squid/squid.conf&lt;br /&gt;#detault:&lt;br /&gt;http_port 8080&lt;br /&gt;#Recommended minimum configuration:&lt;br /&gt;# Near the src acl src section&lt;br /&gt;acl allownet src 172.24.0.0/255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;acl denynet src 172.25.0.0/255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;#Default:&lt;br /&gt;# http_access deny all&lt;br /&gt;#Under Here&lt;br /&gt;http_access allow allownet&lt;br /&gt;http_access deny denynet&lt;br /&gt;2.           service squid start&lt;br /&gt;3.            chkconfig squid on&lt;br /&gt;squid is a proxy caching server, using squid we can share the internet, block the internet,&lt;br /&gt;to certain network. First we should define the port for squid, the standard port for squid is&lt;br /&gt;3128. We can run squid on different port by specifying http_port portnumber.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;171&lt;br /&gt;/storage directory on linux server should make available on windows to only Harold&lt;br /&gt;with full access but read only to other users and make sure that /storage can access&lt;br /&gt;only within example.com domain. Configure to make available.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup=station?&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow= .example.com&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/storage&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;write list=harold&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;2.             smbpasswd -a harold&lt;br /&gt;3.             service smb start&lt;br /&gt;4.             chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. -&gt; global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. -&gt; Printers use to share the printers, iii. -&gt; homes use the share the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user -&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd  -&gt;Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;If any valid users option is not specified, then all samba users can access the shared data.&lt;br /&gt;By Default shared permission is on writable=no means read only sharing. Write list&lt;br /&gt;option is used to allow write access on shared directory to certain users or group&lt;br /&gt;members.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;172&lt;br /&gt;/storage directory on linux server should make available on windows system that&lt;br /&gt;jeff user should able to access on read only mode within example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup=station?&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow= .example.com&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;2.        smbpasswd -a jeff&lt;br /&gt;3.        service smb start&lt;br /&gt;4.        chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii. homes use the share the&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user validation by samba username and password. May be there are other&lt;br /&gt;users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies that the&lt;br /&gt;username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;173&lt;br /&gt;Share the /storage directory only to example.com members. These hosts should get&lt;br /&gt;read and write access on shared directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.                vi /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;/storage *.example.com(rw,sync)&lt;br /&gt;2.                 service nfs start&lt;br /&gt;3.                 service portmap restart&lt;br /&gt;4.                 chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;5.                 chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;In Linux to share the data we use the /etc/exports file. Pattern is:&lt;br /&gt;Path client(permission)&lt;br /&gt;Shared Directory Path, Client can be single host or domain name or ip address.&lt;br /&gt;Permission should specify without space with client lists in parentheses.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;174&lt;br /&gt;Make Successfully Resolve to server1.example.com where DNS Server is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer: 1. vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;Write : nameserver 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;DNS is the Domain Name System, which maintains a database that can help your&lt;br /&gt;computer translate domain names such as www.redhat.com to IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;216.148.218.197. As no individual DNS server is large enough to keep a database for the&lt;br /&gt;entire Internet, they can refer requests to other DNS servers.&lt;br /&gt;DNS is based on the named daemon, which is built on the BIND (Berkeley Internet&lt;br /&gt;Name Domain) package developed through the Internet Software Consortium&lt;br /&gt;Users wants to access by name so DNS will interpret the name into ip address. You need&lt;br /&gt;to specify the Address if DNS server in each and every client machine. In Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux, you need to specify the DNS server into /etc/resolv.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;After Specifying the DNS server address, you can verify using host, dig and nslookup&lt;br /&gt;commands.&lt;br /&gt;#host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;175&lt;br /&gt;Quota is implemented on /data but not working properly. Find out the&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Problem and implement the quota to user1 to have a soft limit 60 inodes&lt;br /&gt;(files) and hard limit of 70 inodes (files).&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Quotas are used to limit a user’s or a group of users’ ability to consume disk space. This&lt;br /&gt;prevents a small group of users from monopolizing disk capacity and potentially&lt;br /&gt;interfering with other users or the entire system. Disk quotas are commonly used by ISPs,&lt;br /&gt;by Web hosting companies, on FTP sites, and on corporate file servers to ensure&lt;br /&gt;continued availability of their systems.&lt;br /&gt;Without quotas, one or more users can upload files on an FTP server to the point of&lt;br /&gt;filling a filesystem. Once the affected partition is full, other users are effectively denied&lt;br /&gt;upload access to the disk. This is also a reason to mount different filesystem directories&lt;br /&gt;on different partitions. For example, if you only had partitions for your root (/) directory&lt;br /&gt;and swap space, someone uploading to your computer could fill up all of the space in&lt;br /&gt;your root directory (/). Without at least a little free space in the root directory (/), your&lt;br /&gt;system could become unstable or even crash.&lt;br /&gt;You have two ways to set quotas for users. You can limit users by inodes or by kilobytesized&lt;br /&gt;disk blocks. Every Linux file requires an inode. Therefore, you can limit users by&lt;br /&gt;the number of files or by absolute space. You can set up different quotas for different&lt;br /&gt;filesystems. For example, you can set different quotas for users on the /home and /tmp&lt;br /&gt;directories if they are mounted on their own partitions.&lt;br /&gt;Limits on disk blocks restrict the amount of disk space available to a user on your system.&lt;br /&gt;Older versions of Red Hat Linux included LinuxConf, which included a graphical tool to&lt;br /&gt;configure quotas. As of this writing, Red Hat no longer has a graphical quota&lt;br /&gt;configuration tool. Today, you can configure quotas on RHEL only through the command&lt;br /&gt;line interface.&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda11 /data ext3 defaults,usrquota 1 2&lt;br /&gt;2. Either Reboot the System or remount the partition.&lt;br /&gt;Mount -o remount /dev/hda11 /data&lt;br /&gt;3. touch /data/aquota.user&lt;br /&gt;4. quotacheck -ufm /data&lt;br /&gt;5. quotaon -u /data&lt;br /&gt;6. edquota -u user1 /data&lt;br /&gt;and Specified the Soft limit and hard limit on opened file.&lt;br /&gt;To verify either quota is working or not:&lt;br /&gt;Soft limit specify the limit to generate warnings to users and hard limit can’t cross by the&lt;br /&gt;user. Use the quota command or repquota command to monitor the quota information.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;176&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume named lv1 is created under vg0. The Initial Size of that Logical&lt;br /&gt;Volume is 100MB. Now you required the size 500MB. Make successfully the size of&lt;br /&gt;that Logical Volume 500M without losing any data. As well as size should be&lt;br /&gt;increased online.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;The LVM system organizes hard disks into Logical Volume (LV) groups. Essentially,&lt;br /&gt;physical hard disk partitions (or possibly RAID arrays) are set up in a bunch of equalsized&lt;br /&gt;chunks known as Physical Extents (PE). As there are several other concepts&lt;br /&gt;associated with the LVM system, let’s start with some basic definitions:&lt;br /&gt;• Physical Volume (PV) is the standard partition that you add to the LVM mix.&lt;br /&gt;Normally, a physical volume is a standard primary or logical partition. It can also&lt;br /&gt;be a RAID array.&lt;br /&gt;• Physical Extent (PE) is a chunk of disk space. Every PV is divided into a number&lt;br /&gt;of equal sized PEs. Every PE in a LV group is the same size. Different LV groups&lt;br /&gt;can have different sized PEs.&lt;br /&gt;• Logical Extent (LE) is also a chunk of disk space. Every LE is mapped to a&lt;br /&gt;specific PE.&lt;br /&gt;• Logical Volume (LV) is composed of a group of LEs. You can mount a&lt;br /&gt;filesystem such as /home and /var on an LV.&lt;br /&gt;• Volume Group (VG) is composed of a group of LVs. It is the organizational&lt;br /&gt;group for LVM. Most of the commands that you’ll use apply to a specific VG.&lt;br /&gt;1. Verify the size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vg0/lv1&lt;br /&gt;2. Verify the Size on mounted directory: df -h or df -h mounted directory name&lt;br /&gt;3. Use : lvextend -L+400M /dev/vg0/lv1&lt;br /&gt;4. ext2online -d /dev/vg0/lv1 to bring extended size online.&lt;br /&gt;5. Again Verify using lvdisplay and df -h command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;177&lt;br /&gt;Create one partitions having size 100MB and mount it on /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;12. Use fdisk /dev/hda -&gt; To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;13. Type n  -&gt;For New partitions&lt;br /&gt;14. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;15. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;16. Type the Size: +100M  -&gt;You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;17. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;18. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;19. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;20. Use mkfs -t ext3 /dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;Or&lt;br /&gt;mke2fs -j /dev/hda? -&gt; To create ext3 filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;21. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;Write:&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda? /data ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;11. Verify by mounting on current Sessions also:&lt;br /&gt;mount /dev/hda? /data&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;178&lt;br /&gt;You are new System Administrator and from now you are going to handle the&lt;br /&gt;system and your main task is Network monitoring, Backup and Restore. But you&lt;br /&gt;don’t know the root password. Change the root password to redhat and login in&lt;br /&gt;default Runlevel.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;When you Boot the System, it starts on default Runlevel specified in /etc/inittab:&lt;br /&gt;Id:?:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;When System Successfully boot, it will ask for username and password. But you&lt;br /&gt;don’t know the root’s password. To change the root password you need to boot the&lt;br /&gt;system into single user mode. You can pass the kernel arguments from the boot&lt;br /&gt;loader.&lt;br /&gt;7.    Restart the System.&lt;br /&gt;8.    You will get the boot loader GRUB screen.&lt;br /&gt;9.    Press a and type 1 or s for single mode&lt;br /&gt;ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb queit s&lt;br /&gt;10.   System will boot on Single User mode.&lt;br /&gt;11.    Use passwd command to change.&lt;br /&gt;12.     Press ctrl+d&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;179&lt;br /&gt;There are more then 400 Computers in your Office. You are appointed as a System&lt;br /&gt;Administrator. But you don’t have Router. So, you are going to use your One Linux&lt;br /&gt;Server as a Router. How will you enable IP packets forward?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. /proc is the virtual filesystem, we use /proc to modify the kernel parameters at&lt;br /&gt;running time.&lt;br /&gt;# echo “1″ &gt;/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;2. /etc/sysctl.conf  -&gt;when System Reboot on next time, /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit scripts&lt;br /&gt;reads the file /etc/sysctl.conf. To enable the IP forwarding on next reboot also you&lt;br /&gt;need to set the parameter.&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward=1&lt;br /&gt;Here 0 means disable, 1 means enable.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;180&lt;br /&gt;You Completely Install the Redhat Enterprise Linux ES 4 on your System. While&lt;br /&gt;start the system, it’s giving error to load X window System. How will you fix that&lt;br /&gt;problem and make boot successfully run X Window System.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Think while Problems occurred on booting System on Runlevel 5 (X Window).&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;5.   /tmp is full or not&lt;br /&gt;6.   Quota is already reached&lt;br /&gt;7.   Video card or resolution or monitor is misconfigured.&lt;br /&gt;8.   xfs service is running or not.&lt;br /&gt;Do These:&lt;br /&gt;1.   df -h /tmp /tmp is full remove the unnecessary file&lt;br /&gt;6.   quota username if quota is already reached remove unnecessary file from&lt;br /&gt;home directory.&lt;br /&gt;7.   Boot the System in runlevel 3. you can pass the Kernel Argument from&lt;br /&gt;boot loader.&lt;br /&gt;8.   Use command: system-config-display It will display a dialog to configure&lt;br /&gt;the monitor, Video card, resolution etc.&lt;br /&gt;9.   Set the Default Runlevel 5 in /etc/inittab&lt;br /&gt;id:5:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;6.   Reboot the System you will get the GUI login Screen.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;181&lt;br /&gt;There are two different networks, 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24. Your System is&lt;br /&gt;in 192.168.0.0/24 Network. One RHEL 4 Installed System is going to use as a&lt;br /&gt;Router. All required configuration is already done on Linux Server. Where&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254 and 192.168.1.254 IP Address are assigned on that Server. How will&lt;br /&gt;make successfully ping to 192.168.1.0/24 Network’s Host?&lt;br /&gt;Answer:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/sysconfig/network&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;vi /etc/sysconf/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0&lt;br /&gt;DEVICE=eth0&lt;br /&gt;BOOTPROTO=static&lt;br /&gt;ONBOOT=yes&lt;br /&gt;IPADDR=192.168.0.?&lt;br /&gt;NETMASK=255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2. service network restart&lt;br /&gt;Explanation: Gateway defines the way to exit the packets. According to question&lt;br /&gt;System working as a router for two networks have IP Address 192.168.0.254 and&lt;br /&gt;192.168.1.254. To get the hosts on 192.168.1.0/24 should go through 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;182&lt;br /&gt;Make a swap partition having 100MB. Make Automatically Usable at System Boot&lt;br /&gt;Time.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;1. Use fdisk /dev/hda To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;17. Type n For New partition&lt;br /&gt;18. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;19. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;20. Type the Size: +100M You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;21. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;Default System ID is 83 that means Linux Native.&lt;br /&gt;22. Type t to change the System ID of partition.&lt;br /&gt;23. Type Partition Number&lt;br /&gt;24. Type 82 that means Linux Swap.&lt;br /&gt;25. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;26. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;27. mkswap /dev/hda? To create Swap File system on partition.&lt;br /&gt;28. swapon /dev/hda? To enable the Swap space from partition.&lt;br /&gt;29. free -m Verify Either Swap is enabled or not.&lt;br /&gt;30. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda? swap swap defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;31. Reboot the System and verify using free command that swap is automatically&lt;br /&gt;enabled or not.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;183&lt;br /&gt;You are a System administrator. Using Log files very easy to monitor the system.&lt;br /&gt;Now there are 50 servers running as Mail, Web, Proxy, DNS services etc. You want&lt;br /&gt;to centralize the logs from all servers into on LOG Server. How will you configure&lt;br /&gt;the LOG Server to accept logs from remote host ?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;By Default system accept the logs only generated from local host. To accept the Log&lt;br /&gt;from other host configure:&lt;br /&gt;3. vi /etc/sysconfig/syslog&lt;br /&gt;SYSLOGD_OPTIONS=”-m 0 -r”&lt;br /&gt;Where&lt;br /&gt;-m 0 disables ‘MARK’ messages.&lt;br /&gt;-r enables logging from remote machines&lt;br /&gt;-x disables DNS lookups on messages recieved with -r&lt;br /&gt;4. service syslog restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;184&lt;br /&gt;You are giving the debug RHCT exam. The examiner told you that the password of&lt;br /&gt;root is redhat. When you tried to login displays the error message and redisplayed&lt;br /&gt;the login screen. You changed the root password, again unable to login as a root.&lt;br /&gt;How will you make Successfully Login as a root.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;When root unable to login into the system think:&lt;br /&gt;4.    Is password correct?&lt;br /&gt;5.    Is account expired?&lt;br /&gt;6.     Is terminal Blocked?&lt;br /&gt;Do these Steps:&lt;br /&gt;3. Boot the System on Single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;4. Change the password&lt;br /&gt;5. Check the account expire date by using chage -l root command.&lt;br /&gt;If account is expired, set net expire date: chage -E “NEVER” root&lt;br /&gt;7.   Check the file /etc/securetty Which file blocked to root login from&lt;br /&gt;certain terminal.&lt;br /&gt;8.    If terminal is deleted or commented write new or uncomment.&lt;br /&gt;9.    Reboot the system and login as a root.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;185&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCT Exam and in your Exam paper there is a question written,&lt;br /&gt;make successfully ping to 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;In Network problem think to check:&lt;br /&gt;7. IP Configuration: use ifconfig command either IP is assigned to interface or&lt;br /&gt;not?&lt;br /&gt;8. Default Gateway is set or not?&lt;br /&gt;9. Hostname is set or not?&lt;br /&gt;10. Routing problem is there?&lt;br /&gt;11. Device Driver Module is loaded or not?&lt;br /&gt;12. Device is activated or not?&lt;br /&gt;Check In this way:&lt;br /&gt;5. use ifconfig command and identify which IP is assigned or not.&lt;br /&gt;6. cat /etc/sysconfig/network What, What is written here. Actually here are&lt;br /&gt;these parameters.&lt;br /&gt;NETWORKING=yes or no&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=x.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;HOSTNAME=?&lt;br /&gt;NISDOMAIN=?&lt;br /&gt;- Correct the file&lt;br /&gt;7. Use netconfig command&lt;br /&gt;- Either Select Automatically from DHCP or assign the static IP&lt;br /&gt;8. Use service network restart or start command&lt;br /&gt;Now try to ping it will work.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;186&lt;br /&gt;Set the Hostname station?.example.com where ? is your Host IP Address.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;4.          hostname station?.example.com This will set the host name only for&lt;br /&gt;current session. To set hostname permanently.&lt;br /&gt;5.          vi /etc/sysconfig/network&lt;br /&gt;HOSTNAME=station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;6.           service network restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;187&lt;br /&gt;The System you are using is for NFS (Network File Services). Some important data&lt;br /&gt;are shared from your system. Make automatically start the nfs and portmap&lt;br /&gt;services at boot time.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;We can control the services for current session and for next reboot time. For&lt;br /&gt;current Session, we use service servicename start or restart or stop or status. For&lt;br /&gt;automatically at next reboot time:&lt;br /&gt;3.          chkconfig servicename on or off&lt;br /&gt;eg: chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;ntsysv&lt;br /&gt;Select the nfs and portmap services.&lt;br /&gt;4.           Reboot the system and identify whether services are running or not.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;188&lt;br /&gt;There is one partition /dev/hda14 mounted on /data. The owner of /data is root user&lt;br /&gt;and root group. And Permission is full to owner user, read and execute to group&lt;br /&gt;member and no permission to others. Now you should give the full permission to&lt;br /&gt;user user1 without changing pervious permission.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;We know that every files/directories are owned by certain user and group. And&lt;br /&gt;Permissions are defines to owner user, owner group and other.&lt;br /&gt;-rwxr-x—  -&gt;Full permission to owner user, read and write to owner group and&lt;br /&gt;no permission to others.&lt;br /&gt;According to question: We should give the full permission to user user1 without&lt;br /&gt;changing the previous permission.&lt;br /&gt;ACL (Access Control List), in ext3 file system we can give permission to certain&lt;br /&gt;user and certain group without changing previous permission. But that partition&lt;br /&gt;should mount using acl option. Follow the steps&lt;br /&gt;5.    vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda14 /data ext3 defaults,acl 0 1&lt;br /&gt;6.     Either Reboot or use: mount -o remount /data&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;7.     setfacl -m u:user1:rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;8.     Verify using: getfacl /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;189&lt;br /&gt;You are giving the RHCE exam. Now you should boot your System properly. When&lt;br /&gt;you started your System, You got one message that.&lt;br /&gt;INIT Entering runlevel 9&lt;br /&gt;INIT: no more processes left in this runlevel&lt;br /&gt;How will you boot your System properly?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;You should know about the /etc/inittab file, where default runlevel will define. And&lt;br /&gt;Much more runlevel specific Scripts are called here.&lt;br /&gt;Actually that problem will occur if you don’t specify the default runlevel.&lt;br /&gt;4.           Reboot the system&lt;br /&gt;5.           Boot the System on single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;Except for a normal boot of Linux, single-user mode is the most commonly used&lt;br /&gt;option. This is the system maintenance mode for experienced Linux administrators.&lt;br /&gt;It allows you to perform clean backups and restores to any partitions as needed&lt;br /&gt;from local hardware. It also allows you to run administration commands, recover or&lt;br /&gt;repair password and shadow password files, run filesystem checks, and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;6.         vi /etc/inittab and Write&lt;br /&gt;id:runlevel:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;Standard Runlevels in RedHat Enterprise Linux&lt;br /&gt;Runlevel                     Description&lt;br /&gt;0                                  Halt&lt;br /&gt;1                      Single-user mode, for maintenance (backups/restores) and repairs&lt;br /&gt;2                        Multiuser, without networking&lt;br /&gt;Runlevel                       Description&lt;br /&gt;3                        Multiuser, with networking&lt;br /&gt;4                         Unused&lt;br /&gt;5                        X11, defaults to a GUI login screen. Logins bring the user to a GUI&lt;br /&gt;desktop.&lt;br /&gt;6                       Reboot (never set initdefault in /etc/inittab to this value!)&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;190&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCE exam. You should boot the system in Run level 3. When you&lt;br /&gt;start the system after while it is going on runlevel 6 : like&lt;br /&gt;INIT: Entering Run level 6&lt;br /&gt;Sending TERM Single&lt;br /&gt;Fix the problem and boot the system.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;It is due to either default runlevel or runlevel specific scripts.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;3.            id:?:initdefault: Where default runlevel is specified. It shouldn’t be 6.&lt;br /&gt;4.            l3:3:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 6 It reads the scripts of runlevel 6 while&lt;br /&gt;booting system on rulevel 3.&lt;br /&gt;It should be like:&lt;br /&gt;si::sysinit:/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit&lt;br /&gt;l0:0:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 0&lt;br /&gt;l1:1:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 1&lt;br /&gt;l2:2:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 2&lt;br /&gt;l3:3:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 3 Should be like this&lt;br /&gt;l4:4:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 4&lt;br /&gt;l5:5:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 5&lt;br /&gt;l6:6:wait:/etc/rc.d/rc 6&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;191&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCE exam. Examiner gave you the Boot related problem and told&lt;br /&gt;to you that make successfully boot the System. While booting system, you saw some&lt;br /&gt;error and stop the boot process by displaying some error messages.&lt;br /&gt;Kernel Panic – not syncing: Attempted to kill init!&lt;br /&gt;And no further boot process. What you will do to boot the system.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;To understand the role of a boot loader, take a step back from Linux. When you boot&lt;br /&gt;your computer, the BIOS starts by detecting basic hardware, including your hard drives.&lt;br /&gt;Once it’s done, it looks for the boot loader on the Master Boot Record of the first&lt;br /&gt;available disk. If you’re working with an older PC, the BIOS can’t find your boot loader&lt;br /&gt;unless it’s located within the first 1,024 cylinders of the hard disk.&lt;br /&gt;Newer BIOSes overcome this problem with Logical Block Addressing, which is also&lt;br /&gt;known as LBA mode. LBA mode reads ‘logical’ values for the cylinder, head, and sector,&lt;br /&gt;which allows the BIOS to ‘see’ a larger disk drive.&lt;br /&gt;If you have multiple hard drives, there is one more caveat. If your drives are IDE hard&lt;br /&gt;drives, the /boot directory must be on a hard drive attached to the primary IDE controller.&lt;br /&gt;If your drives are all SCSI hard drives, the /boot directory must be located on a hard drive&lt;br /&gt;with SCSI ID 0 or ID 1. If you have a mix of hard drives, the /boot directory must be&lt;br /&gt;located on either the first IDE drive or a SCSI drive with ID 0. In other words, this is not&lt;br /&gt;an issue on the Red Hat exams unless the computer that you’re tested on has more than&lt;br /&gt;two hard drives. And I believe that’s less likely, as that would increase the cost of the&lt;br /&gt;exam.&lt;br /&gt;If you are getting the Kernel panic error, it means it is boot loader related problem.&lt;br /&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux uses the GRUB boot loader. You can pass the kernel&lt;br /&gt;parameter from the boot loader as well as you can correct the kernel parameter&lt;br /&gt;passing from boot loader from GRUB screen at boot time.&lt;br /&gt;GRUB boot loader configuration file is: /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;And Correct Configuration is:&lt;br /&gt;default=0&lt;br /&gt;timeout=5&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz&lt;br /&gt;hiddenmenu&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.EL)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Probably miss-configured the boot loader, so giving this problem. You can pass the&lt;br /&gt;correct parameter from GRUB prompt:&lt;br /&gt;Table 3-3: GRUB Editing Commands&lt;br /&gt;Command                 Description&lt;br /&gt;Table 3-3: GRUB Editing Commands&lt;br /&gt;Command                    Description&lt;br /&gt;b                             Boot the currently listed operating system&lt;br /&gt;d                             Delete the current line&lt;br /&gt;e                              Edit the current line&lt;br /&gt;o                             Create an empty line underneath the current line&lt;br /&gt;O                            Create an empty line above the current line&lt;br /&gt;If you know all parameters and sequence of the boot loader you can enter in&lt;br /&gt;command prompt also.&lt;br /&gt;Press c on GRUB screen.&lt;br /&gt;Grub&gt; root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;grub&gt; kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;grub&gt; initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;grub&gt;boot&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;192&lt;br /&gt;You are giving RHCE exam. Examiner gave you the Boot related problem and told&lt;br /&gt;to you that make successfully boot the System. When you started the system, System&lt;br /&gt;automatically asking the root password for maintenance. How will you fix that&lt;br /&gt;problem?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Maintenance mode also known as emergency mode. System boots on emergency&lt;br /&gt;mode when file system error occurred. It is due to unknown partition, bad&lt;br /&gt;filesystem specified in /etc/fstab. To slove follow the steps&lt;br /&gt;6.                Give the Root password&lt;br /&gt;7.                fdisk -l Verify the Number of parations.&lt;br /&gt;8.                Identify the Root partition, e2label /dev/hda1, e2label /dev/hda2…..&lt;br /&gt;9.                 Remount the root partation on rw mode: mount -o remount,defaults&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda6 /&lt;br /&gt;10.              vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;Correct all partitions, mount point, mount options, file system etc.&lt;br /&gt;6.                Press ctrl+d&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;193&lt;br /&gt;You are working as an Administrator. There is a common data shared (/data) from&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254 to all users in your local LAN. When user’s system start, shared data&lt;br /&gt;should automatically mount on /common directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer And&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;To automatically mount at boot time we use the /etc/fstab file. Because&lt;br /&gt;/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit file reads and mount all file system specified in /etc/fstab. To&lt;br /&gt;mount Network Sharing Files also use the /etc/fstab but filesystem is nfs.&lt;br /&gt;3. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254:/data /common nfs defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;4. reboot the system.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;194&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume is created named as myvol under vo volume group and is&lt;br /&gt;mounted. The Initial Size of that Logical Volume is 124MB. Make successfully that&lt;br /&gt;the size of Logical Volume 245MB without losing any data. The size of logical&lt;br /&gt;volume 240MB to 255MB will be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     First check the size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;2.     Increase the Size of Logical Volume: lvextend -L+121M /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;3.    Make Available the size on online: ext2online /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;4.    Verify the Size of Logical Volume: lvdisplay /dev/vo/myvol&lt;br /&gt;5.    Verify that the size comes in online or not: df -h&lt;br /&gt;We can extend the size of logical Volume using the lvextend command. As well as to&lt;br /&gt;decrease the size of Logical Volume, use the lvresize command. In LVM v2 we can&lt;br /&gt;extend the size of Logical Volume without unmount as well as we can bring the size&lt;br /&gt;of Logical Volume on online using ext2online command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;195&lt;br /&gt;There are two different networks 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24. Where&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254 and 192.168.1.254 IP Address are assigned on Server. Verify your&lt;br /&gt;network settings by pinging 192.168.1.0/24 Network’s Host.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation: At exam time read the Lab Scenario carefully. Actually&lt;br /&gt;there are two different networks one is 192.168.0.0/24 where your system resides&lt;br /&gt;know as example.com domain and another is 192.168.1.0/24 know as cracker.org&lt;br /&gt;domain.&lt;br /&gt;One server named sever1.example.com having 192.168.0.254 and 192.168.1.254 is&lt;br /&gt;running in your exam. If you make a gateway to that server, you will can ping&lt;br /&gt;because IP forwarding is enabled on that server.&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/sysconfing/network&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;NETWORKING=yes&lt;br /&gt;HOSTNAME=station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2. service network restart&lt;br /&gt;Or&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0&lt;br /&gt;DEVICE=eth0&lt;br /&gt;ONBOOT=yes&lt;br /&gt;BOOTPROTO=static&lt;br /&gt;IPADDR=X.X.X.X&lt;br /&gt;NETMASK=X.X.X.X&lt;br /&gt;GATEWAY=192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2. ifdown eth0&lt;br /&gt;3. ifup eth0&lt;br /&gt;Note: If gateway is specified in both file, default gateway takes from interface&lt;br /&gt;specific file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;196&lt;br /&gt;neo user tried by:&lt;br /&gt;dd if=/dev/zero of=/home/neo/somefile bs=1024 count=70&lt;br /&gt;files created successfully. Again neo tried to create file having 70K using following&lt;br /&gt;command:&lt;br /&gt;dd if=/dev/zero of=/home/neo/somefile bs=1024 count=70&lt;br /&gt;But he is unable to create the file. Make the user can create the file less then 70K.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Very Tricky question from redhat. Actually question is giving scenario to you to&lt;br /&gt;implement quota to neo user. You should apply the quota to neo user on /home that&lt;br /&gt;neo user shouldn’t occupied space more than 70K.&lt;br /&gt;1.                vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;LABEL=/home         /home       ext3            defaults,usrquota            0 0&lt;br /&gt;To enable the quota on filesystem you should mount the filesystem with usrquota for&lt;br /&gt;user quota and grpquota for group quota.&lt;br /&gt;2. touch /home/aquota.user -&gt; Creating blank quota database file.&lt;br /&gt;3. mount -o remount /home Remounting the /home with updated mount&lt;br /&gt;options. You can verify that /home  -&gt;is mounted with usrquota options or not using&lt;br /&gt;mount command.&lt;br /&gt;4. quotacheck -u /home Initialization the quota on /home&lt;br /&gt;5. edquota -u neo /home Quota Policy editor&lt;br /&gt;See the snapshot&lt;br /&gt;1 Disk quotas for user neo (uid 500):&lt;br /&gt;2 Filesystem                     block         s soft           hard         inodes      soft   hard&lt;br /&gt;4 /dev/mapper/vo-myvol    2                30              70               1           0       0&lt;br /&gt;Can you set the hard limit 70 and soft limit as you think like 30.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;197&lt;br /&gt;Your system is giving error to load X window System. Make successfully boot your&lt;br /&gt;system in runlevel5.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation: While you load the X Window System, you will get the&lt;br /&gt;problem. Problem may caused by different error.&lt;br /&gt;1.    Check the /tmp is full ?&lt;br /&gt;2.    Check your quota, hard limit is already crossed ?&lt;br /&gt;3.    Check xfs service is running ?&lt;br /&gt;4     Configure the Video card, Resolution, monitor type using: system-configdisplay&lt;br /&gt;(Most Probably in Redhat exam)&lt;br /&gt;5    . Edit the /etc/inittab to set default runlevel 5.&lt;br /&gt;id:5:initdefault:&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;198&lt;br /&gt;Your System is configured in 192.168.0.0/24 Network and your Domain nameserver&lt;br /&gt;is 192.168.0.254. Make successfully resolve to server1.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Very Easy question, nameserver is specified in question,&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;nameserver 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;2.    host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;199&lt;br /&gt;One Package named zsh is dump on ftp://server1.example.com under /pub/updates&lt;br /&gt;directory and your FTP server is 192.168.0.254. Install the package zsh.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    rpm -ivh ftp://server1/example.com/pub/updates/zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;1.    Login to ftp server : ftp ftp://server1.example.com using anonymous user.&lt;br /&gt;2.    Change the directory: cd pub and cd updates&lt;br /&gt;3.    Download the package: mget zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;4.    Quit from the ftp prompt : bye&lt;br /&gt;5.    Install the package&lt;br /&gt;6.    rpm -ivh zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;7.    Verify Either package installed or not : rpm -q zsh&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;200&lt;br /&gt;Some users home directory is shared from your system. Using showmount -e&lt;br /&gt;localhost command, the shared directory is not shown. Make access the shared users&lt;br /&gt;home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    Verify the File whether Shared or not ? : cat /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;2.    Start the nfs service: service nfs start&lt;br /&gt;3.    Start the portmap service: service portmap start&lt;br /&gt;4.    Make automatically start the nfs service on next reboot: chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;5.    Make automatically start the portmap service on next reboot: chkconfig&lt;br /&gt;portmap on&lt;br /&gt;6.     Check default firewall is running in your system&lt;br /&gt;# service iptables status&lt;br /&gt;#iptables -F&lt;br /&gt;#service iptables stop&lt;br /&gt;#chkconfig iptables off&lt;br /&gt;6.      Verify Either sharing or not: showmount -e localhost&lt;br /&gt;You will see that some shared directory will display&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;201&lt;br /&gt;Add a new logical partition having size 100MB and create the /data which will be&lt;br /&gt;the mount point for the new partition.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;16. Use fdisk /dev/hda -&gt; To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;17. Type n -&gt; For New partitions&lt;br /&gt;18. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;19. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter Key.&lt;br /&gt;20. Type the Size: +100M  -&gt;You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size here.&lt;br /&gt;21. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;22. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;23. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;24. Use mkfs -t ext3 /dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;25. Or&lt;br /&gt;26. mke2fs -j /dev/hda?  -&gt;To create ext3 filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;27. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;28. Write:&lt;br /&gt;29. /dev/hda? /data ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;22. Verify by mounting on current Sessions also:&lt;br /&gt;30. mount /dev/hda? /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;202&lt;br /&gt;Boot your System Successfully on runlevel 3.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;This is boot related problem. There will be same questions repeated two times but&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;problem is different.&lt;br /&gt;First When you restart the system you will get the Error:&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 15 mounting ext3&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 2 mounting none&lt;br /&gt;switchroot: mount failed: 22&lt;br /&gt;umount /initrd/dev/: 2&lt;br /&gt;Kernel Panic: no syncing: Attempted to kill init !&lt;br /&gt;This error occurred in your system before showing welcome redhat linux. That&lt;br /&gt;means problem in grub boot loader.&lt;br /&gt;Restart the System&lt;br /&gt;Check the grub boot loader configuration by pressing e shortcut key.&lt;br /&gt;You will see like:&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root= / rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/root rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Then Edit Boot loader to make like&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Check all lines and edit as same as above. Press b to boot the system&lt;br /&gt;After booting the system you should correct the /etc/grub.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;203&lt;br /&gt;Boot your System Successfully on run level 3.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;After completing the Boot loader problem, you will boot the system, but it goes to&lt;br /&gt;emergency mode. Remember that if System boots on Emergency mode that means&lt;br /&gt;file system problem.&lt;br /&gt;You will get the Shell, remount the / filesystem with read and write mode.&lt;br /&gt;1.       First Find out the / filesystem using e2lable /dev/hda1, e2lable /dev/hda2 etc&lt;br /&gt;2.        mount -o remount,defaults /dev/hda? /&lt;br /&gt;3.          vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;You will get like:&lt;br /&gt;/root              /            ext3              defaults            1 1&lt;br /&gt;or /           /root              ext3             defaults           1 1&lt;br /&gt;4.         Edit the file like:&lt;br /&gt;/                  /                ext3             defaults           1 1&lt;br /&gt;5.         Configure the /etc/grub.conf file if just booting system by editing grub from&lt;br /&gt;grub prompt.&lt;br /&gt;6.             Reboot the system.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;204&lt;br /&gt;24. There is a server having 172.24.254.254 and 172.25.254.254. Your System lies on&lt;br /&gt;172.24.0.0/16. Make successfully ping to 172.25.254.254 by Assigning following IP:&lt;br /&gt;172.24.0.x Where x is your station number.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.       Use netconfig command&lt;br /&gt;2.       Enter the IP Address as given station number by your examiner: example:&lt;br /&gt;172.24.0.1&lt;br /&gt;3.      Enter Subnet Mask&lt;br /&gt;4.      Enter Default Gateway and primary name server&lt;br /&gt;5.      press on ok&lt;br /&gt;6.     ifdown eth0&lt;br /&gt;7.      ifup eth0&lt;br /&gt;8.      verify using ifconfig&lt;br /&gt;In the lab server is playing the role of router, IP forwarding is enabled. Just set the&lt;br /&gt;Correct IP and gateway, you can ping to 172.25.254.254.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;205&lt;br /&gt;Successfully resolv to server1.example.com where your DNS server is 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;nameserver 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;2.     host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;On every clients, DNS server is specified in /etc/resolv.conf. When you request by&lt;br /&gt;name it tries to resolve from DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;206&lt;br /&gt;Your System is going use as a router for 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. Enable&lt;br /&gt;the IP Forwarding.&lt;br /&gt;i. echo “1″ &gt;/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;ii. vi /etc/sysctl.conf&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward=1&lt;br /&gt;/proc is the virtual filesystem, containing the information about the running kernel.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;To change the parameter of running kernel in running state you should modify the&lt;br /&gt;/proc. From Next boot the system, kernel will take the value from /etc/sysctl.conf. If&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward is 0, it disable the IP forwarding, if 1 then it enable the IP&lt;br /&gt;Forwarding.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;207&lt;br /&gt;Change the root Password to redtophat&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;3. Boot the system in Single user mode&lt;br /&gt;4. Use the passwd command&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;208&lt;br /&gt;Dig Server1.example.com, Resolve to successfully through DNS Where DNS server&lt;br /&gt;is 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;#vi /etc/resolv.conf&lt;br /&gt;nameserver 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;# dig server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;#host server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;DNS is the Domain Name System, which maintains a database that can help your&lt;br /&gt;computer translate domain names such as www.redhat.com to IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;216.148.218.197. As no individual DNS server is large enough to keep a database for the&lt;br /&gt;entire Internet, they can refer requests to other DNS servers.&lt;br /&gt;DNS is based on the named daemon, which is built on the BIND (Berkeley Internet&lt;br /&gt;Name Domain) package developed through the Internet Software Consortium&lt;br /&gt;Users wants to access by name so DNS will interpret the name into ip address. You need&lt;br /&gt;to specify the Address if DNS server in each and every client machine. In Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux, you need to specify the DNS server into /etc/resolv.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;After Specifying the DNS server address, you can verify using host, dig and nslookup&lt;br /&gt;commands.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;209&lt;br /&gt;Create the partition having 100MB size and mount it on /mnt/neo&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;18. Use fdisk /dev/hda  -&gt;To create new partition.&lt;br /&gt;19. Type n  -&gt;For New partitions&lt;br /&gt;20. It will ask for Logical or Primary Partitions. Press l for logical.&lt;br /&gt;21. It will ask for the Starting Cylinder: Use the Default by pressing Enter&lt;br /&gt;Key.&lt;br /&gt;22. Type the Size: +100M -&gt; You can Specify either Last cylinder of Size&lt;br /&gt;here.&lt;br /&gt;23. Press P to verify the partitions lists and remember the partitions name.&lt;br /&gt;24. Press w to write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;25. Either Reboot or use partprobe command.&lt;br /&gt;26. Use mkfs -t ext3 /dev/hda? -&gt; Where ? is your partition number&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;27. Or&lt;br /&gt;28. mke2fs -j /dev/hda? To create ext3 filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;29. mkdir /mnt/neo&lt;br /&gt;30. vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;31. Write:&lt;br /&gt;32. /dev/hda? /mnt/neo ext3 defaults 1 2&lt;br /&gt;33. Verify by mounting on current Sessions also:&lt;br /&gt;34. mount /dev/hda? /mnt/neo&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;210&lt;br /&gt;Boot your System Successfully on runlevel 3.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;This is boot related problem. There will be same questions repeated two times but&lt;br /&gt;problem is different.&lt;br /&gt;First When you restart the system you will get the Error:&lt;br /&gt;File Not Found&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 15 mounting ext3&lt;br /&gt;mount: error 2 mounting none&lt;br /&gt;switchroot: mount failed: 22&lt;br /&gt;umount /initrd/dev/: 2&lt;br /&gt;Kernel Panic: no syncing: Attempted to kill init !&lt;br /&gt;This error occurred in your system before showing welcome redhat linux. That&lt;br /&gt;means problem in grub boot loader.&lt;br /&gt;Restart the System&lt;br /&gt;Check the grub boot loader configuration by pressing e shortcut key.&lt;br /&gt;You will see like:&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root= / rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/root rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Then Edit Boot loader to make like&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;Check all lines and edit as same as above. Press b to boot the system&lt;br /&gt;After booting the system you should correct the /etc/grub.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;If still you are getting Error like File not found, it seems that either kernel file or&lt;br /&gt;initrd file is missing. To troubleshoot with these problem, boot the system on rescue&lt;br /&gt;mode.&lt;br /&gt;v.             linux rescue&lt;br /&gt;vi.           chroot /mnt/sysimage&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;vii.           Check the files on /boot, if not available install the kernel package from&lt;br /&gt;ftp or nfs server&lt;br /&gt;viii.          Create the initrd image file on boot using: mkinitrd initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;`uname -r`&lt;br /&gt;RHCT, Installation and Configuration (51 Questions)&lt;br /&gt;Use these questions to reinforce exam concepts.&lt;br /&gt;Installation and Configuration Section, Introduction&lt;br /&gt;Lab Scenario:&lt;br /&gt;There are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two&lt;br /&gt;domains example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and cracker.org on 172.25.0.0/16&lt;br /&gt;network. Your system is based on example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;211&lt;br /&gt;There is a NFS server 192.168.0.254 and all required packages are dumped in&lt;br /&gt;/var/ftp/pub of that server and the /var/ftp/pub directory is shared. Install the&lt;br /&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux 4 by creating following partitions:&lt;br /&gt;/             1000&lt;br /&gt;/boot        200&lt;br /&gt;/home      1000&lt;br /&gt;/var         1000&lt;br /&gt;/usr          4000&lt;br /&gt;swap       2X256 (RAM SIZE)&lt;br /&gt;Answer:&lt;br /&gt;Note: Examiner will provide you the Installation startup CD. And size may vary see on&lt;br /&gt;the exam paper.&lt;br /&gt;1.         Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2.         In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;10. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;212&lt;br /&gt;There is a FTP server 192.168.0.254 and all required packages are dumped in&lt;br /&gt;/var/ftp/pub of that server and anonymous login is enabled. Install the Redhat&lt;br /&gt;Enterprise Linux 4 as an anonymous by creating following partitions:&lt;br /&gt;/             1000&lt;br /&gt;/boot      200&lt;br /&gt;/home    1000&lt;br /&gt;/var       1000&lt;br /&gt;/usr        4000&lt;br /&gt;swap     2X256 (RAM SIZE)&lt;br /&gt;Answer:&lt;br /&gt;Note: Examiner will provide you the Installation startup CD. And here mentioned size&lt;br /&gt;may vary see on the exam paper.&lt;br /&gt;1.    Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2.     In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the Language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the FTP from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the FTP site name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the FTP Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: pub Because anonymous login on /var/ftp.&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the FTP Server Installation will start. Go up to the partition screen&lt;br /&gt;by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should be&lt;br /&gt;care about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;213&lt;br /&gt;There is a HTTP server 192.168.0.254 and all required packages are dumped in&lt;br /&gt;/var/www/html/rhel4 of that server. Install the Redhat Enterprise Linux 4 by&lt;br /&gt;creating following partitions:&lt;br /&gt;/              1000&lt;br /&gt;/boot       200&lt;br /&gt;/home     1000&lt;br /&gt;/var         1000&lt;br /&gt;/usr           4000&lt;br /&gt;swap        2X256 (RAM SIZE)&lt;br /&gt;Answer:&lt;br /&gt;Note: Examiner will provide you the Installation startup CD. And here mentioned size&lt;br /&gt;may vary see on the exam paper.&lt;br /&gt;1.         Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2.         In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the Language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the HTTP from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the Web site name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the HTTP Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: rhel4 Because Default Directory for http is /var/www/html&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the HTTP Server Installation start. Go upto the partition screen by&lt;br /&gt;selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should be&lt;br /&gt;care about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;214&lt;br /&gt;Create a RAID Device /dev/md0 by creating equal two disks from available free&lt;br /&gt;space on your harddisk and mount it on /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux 4 Supports the RAID LEVEL 0, RAID LEVEL 1, RAID&lt;br /&gt;LEVEL 5 and RAID LEVEL 6 at installation time. You can create it at installation time&lt;br /&gt;later no need to type lots of commands for RAID.&lt;br /&gt;At Installation Time:&lt;br /&gt;ii. Create the partitions using diskdruid.&lt;br /&gt;iii. Create the Partitions having File system Type Software&lt;br /&gt;RAID.&lt;br /&gt;iv. Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;v. Type the Mount Point&lt;br /&gt;vi. Select File system type&lt;br /&gt;vii. Select RAID Level&lt;br /&gt;viii. Select Partitions/disks as a member of RAID.&lt;br /&gt;viii. Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;After Installation: We can create the RAID Device after Installation on command-line.&lt;br /&gt;11.    Create the Two partitions having equal size. (Specify the Size using Cylinder,&lt;br /&gt;find the remaining cylinder and divide by 2).&lt;br /&gt;12.    Change the Partition ID to fd (Linux raid Autodetect) by typing t.&lt;br /&gt;13.    Type w To write on partitions table.&lt;br /&gt;14.    Use partprobe command to synchronic the partition table.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;15.    Use: mdadm –create /dev/md0 –level=1 –raid-devices=2 /dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;/dev/hda?&lt;br /&gt;16.    Verify the RAID: mdadm –detail /dev/md0&lt;br /&gt;17.    mkfs -t ext3 /dev/md0&lt;br /&gt;18.    mount /dev/md0 /data&lt;br /&gt;19.    vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/md0 /data ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;20.    Verify mounting devices using mount command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;215&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named user1, user2, user3&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;2. useradd user1&lt;br /&gt;3. useradd user2&lt;br /&gt;4. useradd user3&lt;br /&gt;5. passwd user1&lt;br /&gt;6. passwd user2&lt;br /&gt;7. passwd user3&lt;br /&gt;We create the user using useradd command and we change the password of user&lt;br /&gt;using passwd command. If you want to set the blank password use: passwd -d&lt;br /&gt;username.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;216&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named training&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;2. groupadd training&lt;br /&gt;To create a group we use the groupadd command.&lt;br /&gt;Verify from: cat /etc/group whether group added or not?&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;217&lt;br /&gt;Make user1, user2 and user3 belongs to training group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;7             . usermod -G training user1&lt;br /&gt;8.              usermod -G training user2&lt;br /&gt;9.              usermod -G training user3&lt;br /&gt;10.            Verify from : cat /etc/group&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of group, I) primary group II) Secondary or supplementary&lt;br /&gt;group.&lt;br /&gt;I) Primary Group: Primary group defines the files/directories&lt;br /&gt;and process owner group there can be only one primary group&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;of one user.&lt;br /&gt;II) Secondary Group is used for permission. Where permission&lt;br /&gt;are defined for group members, user can access by belonging&lt;br /&gt;to that group.&lt;br /&gt;Here user1, user2 and user3 belong as supplementary to training group. So these&lt;br /&gt;users get the permission of group member.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;218&lt;br /&gt;Change the Group Owner of /data to training group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;chown or chgrp command is used to change the ownership.&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of chown: chown [-R] username:groupname file/directory&lt;br /&gt;Syntax of chgrp: chgrp [-R] groupname file/directory&lt;br /&gt;Whenever user creates the file or directory, the owner of that file/directory&lt;br /&gt;automatically will be that user and that user’s primary group name.&lt;br /&gt;To change group owner ship&lt;br /&gt;6.     chgrp training /data Which set the Group Ownership to training&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;chown root.training /data Which set the user owner to root and group&lt;br /&gt;owner to training group.&lt;br /&gt;Verify /data using: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;You will get: drwxr-xr-x 2 root training …………..&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;219&lt;br /&gt;Give Full Permission to owner user and owner group member but no permission to&lt;br /&gt;others on /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;We can change the permission of file/directory either character symbol method or&lt;br /&gt;numeric method.&lt;br /&gt;Permission:&lt;br /&gt;r-Read&lt;br /&gt;w-Write&lt;br /&gt;x-Execute&lt;br /&gt;Permission Category&lt;br /&gt;u- Owner User&lt;br /&gt;g- Owner Group&lt;br /&gt;o- Others&lt;br /&gt;Operators&lt;br /&gt;+-&gt; Add the Permissions&lt;br /&gt;- -&gt;Remove the Permissions&lt;br /&gt;= -&gt;Assigns the Permissions&lt;br /&gt;Numeric Method:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;4-&gt; Read&lt;br /&gt;2-&gt; Write&lt;br /&gt;1 -&gt;Execute&lt;br /&gt;Total: 7, total for owner user, owner group member and for others : 777&lt;br /&gt;6. chmod u+rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;7. chmod g+rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;8. chmod o-rwx /data&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;chmod 770 /data&lt;br /&gt;9. Verify the /data : ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;10. You will get drwxrwx—&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;220&lt;br /&gt;Whoever creates the file on /data make automatically owner group should be the&lt;br /&gt;group owner of /data directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;When user creates the file/directory, user owner will be user itself and group owner&lt;br /&gt;will be the primary group of the user.&lt;br /&gt;There is one Special Permission SGID bit, when you set the SGID bit on&lt;br /&gt;directory,When users creates the file/directory automatically owner group will be&lt;br /&gt;same as a parent directory.&lt;br /&gt;9. chmod g+s /data&lt;br /&gt;10. Verify using: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;You will get: drwxrws—&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;221&lt;br /&gt;Make sure on /data that only the owner user can remove files/directories.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;By default user1 can remove user2′s files due to directory permission to group&lt;br /&gt;member. We can prevent of deleting files from others users using Sticky Bits.&lt;br /&gt;4. chmod o+t /data&lt;br /&gt;5. Verify /data: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;You will get: drwxrwx-T&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;222&lt;br /&gt;Add a user named user4 and make primarily belongs to training group. As well&lt;br /&gt;account should expire on 30 days from today.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;4. useradd username&lt;br /&gt;5. passwd username&lt;br /&gt;6. usermod -e “date”&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;example: usermod -e “12 Feb 2006″ user4&lt;br /&gt;Verify: chage -l user4&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;223&lt;br /&gt;One New Kernel is released named kernel-hugemem. Kernel is available on&lt;br /&gt;ftp://server1.example.com under pub directory for anonymous. Install the Kernel&lt;br /&gt;and make previous new kernel is default to boot System.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;2. rpm -ivh ftp://server1.example.com/pub/kernel-hugemem-*&lt;br /&gt;2. vi /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;Set the default to new kernel&lt;br /&gt;default=0&lt;br /&gt;Example of /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;default=0&lt;br /&gt;timeout=5&lt;br /&gt;splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz&lt;br /&gt;hiddenmenu&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.ELhugemem)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.ELhugemem ro root=LABEL=/1 rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.ELhugemem.img&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.EL)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/1 rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;rpm command is used to install, update and remove the rpm package. -ivh option is&lt;br /&gt;install, verbose, and display the hash mark.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;224&lt;br /&gt;One Package named zsh is dump on ftp://server1.example.com under pub directory.&lt;br /&gt;Install the package from ftp server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     rpm -ivh ftp://server1.example.com/pub/zsh-*&lt;br /&gt;2.     Package will install&lt;br /&gt;rpm command is used to install, update and remove the package, -i means install, -v&lt;br /&gt;means verbose and -h means display the hash mark.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;225&lt;br /&gt;There are Mail servers, Web Servers, DNS Servers and Log Server. Log Server is&lt;br /&gt;already configured. You should configure the mail server, web server and dns&lt;br /&gt;server to send the logs to log server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;According to question, log server is already configured. We have to configure&lt;br /&gt;the mail, web and dns server for log redirection.&lt;br /&gt;In mail, web and dns server:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/syslog.conf&lt;br /&gt;mail.* @logserveraddress&lt;br /&gt;2.         service syslog restart&lt;br /&gt;mail is the facility and * means the priority. It sends all logs of mail&lt;br /&gt;service to mail into log server.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;226&lt;br /&gt;Raw (Model) printer named printer1 is installed and shared on 192.168.0.254. You&lt;br /&gt;should install the shared printer on your PC to connect shared printer using IPP&lt;br /&gt;Protocols.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;IPP( Internet Printing Protocol), allows administrator to manage printer through&lt;br /&gt;browser so CUPS is called Internet Printing Protocol based on HTTP. We can&lt;br /&gt;Install the printer either through: system-confing-printer tool or through Br owser.&lt;br /&gt;1.     Open the browser and Type on address: http://localhost:631 CUPS&lt;br /&gt;(Common Unix Printing System) used the IPP protocol. CUPS use the 631 port.&lt;br /&gt;2.     Click on Manage Printer.&lt;br /&gt;3.     Click on Add Printer.&lt;br /&gt;4.     Type Printer name, Location, Description.&lt;br /&gt;5.     Select Device for bb. (Select IPP).&lt;br /&gt;6.     Device URL: ipp://192.168.0.254/ipp/ queue name Same printer name of&lt;br /&gt;shared printer.&lt;br /&gt;7.     Select Model/Driver RAW printer.&lt;br /&gt;8.     service cups restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;227&lt;br /&gt;You are administrator of Certkiller network. First time you are going to take the full&lt;br /&gt;backup of all user’s home directory. Take the full backup of /home on /tmp/back&lt;br /&gt;file.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     dump -0u -f /tmp/back /dev/hda4&lt;br /&gt;dump is the standard backup utility. According to the questions, fullback&lt;br /&gt;should take. -0 means fullback, -u means update the /etc/dumpdates which&lt;br /&gt;maintains the backup record and -f means filename. If you are directly taking&lt;br /&gt;backup into other device, you can specify the device name.&lt;br /&gt;i.e dump -0u -f /dev/st0 /dev/hda4. Where hda4 is a separate partition mounted on&lt;br /&gt;/home.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;228&lt;br /&gt;You are working as a System Administrator at Certkiller . Your Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;crashed and you lost every data. But you had taken the full backup of user’s home&lt;br /&gt;directory and other System Files on /dev/st0, how will you restore from that device?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Go to on that directory where you want to restore.&lt;br /&gt;2. restore -rf /dev/st0&lt;br /&gt;To restore from backup we use the restore command. Here backup will restore from&lt;br /&gt;/dev/st0 on current Directory.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;229&lt;br /&gt;Add a job on Cron schedule to display Hello World on every two Seconds in&lt;br /&gt;terminal 8.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1. cat &gt;schedule&lt;br /&gt;*/2 * * * * /bin/echo “Hello World” &gt;/dev/tty8&lt;br /&gt;3. crontab schedule&lt;br /&gt;4. Verify using: crontab -l&lt;br /&gt;5. service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;Cron helps to schedule on recurring events. Pattern of Cron is:&lt;br /&gt;Minute    Hour       Day of Month      Month          Day of Week  Commands&lt;br /&gt;0-59        0-23          1-31                    1-12 0-7 where 0 and 7 means&lt;br /&gt;Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;Note * means every. To execute the command on every two minutes */2.&lt;br /&gt;To add the scheduled file on cron job: crontab filename&lt;br /&gt;To List the Cron Shedule: crontab -l&lt;br /&gt;To Edit the Schedule: crontab -e&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the Schedule: crontab -r&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;230&lt;br /&gt;Deny to all users except root to run cron schedule.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/cron.allow&lt;br /&gt;root&lt;br /&gt;or&lt;br /&gt;vi /etc/cron.deny&lt;br /&gt;Write all user name to deny.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/cron.allow, /etc/cron.deny file is used to control users to allow or deny. If&lt;br /&gt;/etc/cron.allow file is created only that users are allowed to run cron schedule.&lt;br /&gt;Another way to deny to users is /etc/cron.deny write all user name on single line.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;231&lt;br /&gt;Add a cron schedule to take full backup of /home on every day at 5:30 pm to&lt;br /&gt;/dev/st0 device.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.                 vi /var/schedule&lt;br /&gt;30               17 * * * /sbin/dump -0u /dev/st0 /dev/hda7&lt;br /&gt;2.                crontab /var/schedule&lt;br /&gt;3.                 service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;We can add the cron schedule either by specifying the scripts path on /etc/crontab&lt;br /&gt;file or by creating on text file on crontab pattern.&lt;br /&gt;cron helps to schedule on recurring events. Pattern of cron is:&lt;br /&gt;Minute     Hour     Day  of Month      Month     Day of Week    Commands&lt;br /&gt;0-59         0-23        1-31                  1-12 0-7 where 0 and 7 means Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;Note * means every. To execute the command on every two minutes */2.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;232&lt;br /&gt;One NIS Domain named rhce.com is configured in your lab, server is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.254. rhce100, rhce200,rhce300 user are created on domain server.&lt;br /&gt;Make your system as a member of rhce.com domain. Make sure that when nis user&lt;br /&gt;login in your system home directory should get by them. Home directory is&lt;br /&gt;separately shared on server eg /home/stationx/ where x is you station number.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. use the authconfig or system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;2. Select the [*] USE NIS&lt;br /&gt;3. Type the NIS Domain: rhce.com&lt;br /&gt;4. Type Server 192.168.0.254 then click on next and ok&lt;br /&gt;5. You will get a ok message.&lt;br /&gt;6. vi /etc/auto.master and write at the end of file&lt;br /&gt;/home/stationx /etc/auto.home –timeout=60&lt;br /&gt;7. vi /etc/auto.home and write&lt;br /&gt;* -rw,soft,intr 192.168.0.254:/home/stationx/&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;Note: please specify your station number in the place of x.&lt;br /&gt;8. Service autofs restart&lt;br /&gt;9. Login as the rhce1 or rhce2 or rhce3 on another terminal will be&lt;br /&gt;Success.&lt;br /&gt;According to question, rhce.com domain is already configured. We have to make a client&lt;br /&gt;of rhce.com domain and automatically mount the home directory on every client. To&lt;br /&gt;make a member of domain, we use the autheconfig or system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;command. There are lots of authentication server i.e NIS, LDAB, SMB etc. NIS is a RPC&lt;br /&gt;related Services, no need to configure the DNS, we should specify the NIS server&lt;br /&gt;address.&lt;br /&gt;Here Automount feature is available. When user tried to login, home directory will&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;automatically mount. The automount service reads the configuration from&lt;br /&gt;/etc/auto.master file.&lt;br /&gt;On /etc/auto.master file we specified the mount point the configuration file for mount&lt;br /&gt;point.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;233&lt;br /&gt;There are three Disk Partitions /dev/hda8, /dev/hda9, /dev/hda10 having size 100MB&lt;br /&gt;of each partition. Create a Logical Volume named testvolume1 and testvolume2&lt;br /&gt;having a size 250MB. Mount each Logical Volume on lvmtest1, lvmtest2 directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Steps of Creating LVM:&lt;br /&gt;1.    pvcreate /dev/hda8 /dev/hda9 /dev/hda10&lt;br /&gt;pvdisplay command is used to display the information of physical volume.&lt;br /&gt;2.    vgceate test0 /dev/hda8 /dev/hda9 /dev/hda10&lt;br /&gt;vgdisplay command is used to display the information of Volume Group.&lt;br /&gt;3.   lvcreate -L 250M -n testvolume1 test0&lt;br /&gt;lvdisplay command is used to display the information of Logical Volume.&lt;br /&gt;4.    lvcreate -L 250M -n testvolume2 test0&lt;br /&gt;5.    mkfs -t ext3 /dev/test0/testvolume1&lt;br /&gt;6.    mkfs -t ext3 /dev/test0/testvolume2&lt;br /&gt;7.    mkdir /lvtest1&lt;br /&gt;8.    mkdir /lvtest2&lt;br /&gt;9.    mount /dev/test0/testvolume1 /lvtest1&lt;br /&gt;10.   mount /dev/test0/testvolume2 /lvtest2&lt;br /&gt;11.    vi /etc/fstab&lt;br /&gt;/dev/test0/testvolume2 /lvtest2 ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;/dev/test0/testvolume1 /lvtest1 ext3 defaults 0 0&lt;br /&gt;To create the LVM( Logical Volume Manager) we required the disks having ’8e’&lt;br /&gt;Physical Disk1                                                                Logical Volume 1&lt;br /&gt;Physical Disk2        Physical Volume     Volume Group    Logical Volume 2&lt;br /&gt;Physical Disk3                                                                 Logical Volume 3&lt;br /&gt;Linux LVM type. First we should create the physical Volume, then we can create&lt;br /&gt;the Volume group from disks belongs to physical Volume. lvcreate command is used&lt;br /&gt;to create the logical volume on volume group. We can specify the size of logical&lt;br /&gt;volume with -L option and name with -n option.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;234&lt;br /&gt;One Logical Volume named /dev/test0/testvolume1 is created. The initial Size of that&lt;br /&gt;disk is 100MB now you required more 200MB. Increase the size of Logical Volume,&lt;br /&gt;size should be increase on online.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     lvextend -L+200M /dev/test0/testvolume1&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Use lvdisplay /dev/test0/testvolume1)&lt;br /&gt;2.     ext2online -d /dev/test0/testvolume1&lt;br /&gt;lvextend command is used the increase the size of Logical Volume. Other command&lt;br /&gt;lvresize command also here to resize. And to bring increased size on online we use&lt;br /&gt;the ext2online command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;235&lt;br /&gt;We are working on /data initially the size is 2GB. The /dev/test0/lvtestvolume is&lt;br /&gt;mount on /data. Now you required more space on /data but you already added all&lt;br /&gt;disks belong to physical volume. You saw that you have unallocated space around 5&lt;br /&gt;GB on your harddisk. Increase the size of lvtestvolume by 5GB.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation.&lt;br /&gt;1. Create a partition having size 5 GB and change the syste id ’8e’.&lt;br /&gt;2. use partprobe command&lt;br /&gt;3. pvcreate /dev/hda9 Suppose your partition number is hda9.&lt;br /&gt;4. vgextend test0 /dev/hda9 vgextend command add the physical disk on&lt;br /&gt;volume group.&lt;br /&gt;5. lvextend -L+5120M /dev/test0/lvtestvolume&lt;br /&gt;6. verify using lvdisplay /dev/test0/lvtestvolume.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;236&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 4 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 192.168.0.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;             1048&lt;br /&gt;/home -&gt;     1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot -&gt;       512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;        1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr-&gt;         2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;    1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/data configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24. As well as there are two&lt;br /&gt;domains example.com on 192.168.0.0/24 network and cracker.org on 192.168.1.0/24&lt;br /&gt;network. Your system is based on example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10.         Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.          Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.          Type mount point /data&lt;br /&gt;13.          Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.            Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15. Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;237&lt;br /&gt;Fill up the Form through&lt;br /&gt;http://server1.example.com/form.php&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         Open the Browser and type the above URL.&lt;br /&gt;2.          Fill the form as required all information.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;238&lt;br /&gt;One Domain RHCE is configured in your lab, your domain server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com. nisuser2001, nisuser2002, nisuser2003 user are created on&lt;br /&gt;your server 192.168.0.254:/rhome/stationx/nisuser2001. Make sure that when NIS&lt;br /&gt;user login in your system automatically mount the home directory. Home directory&lt;br /&gt;is separately shared on server /rhome/stationx/ where x is your Station number.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. use the authconfig or system-config-authentication&lt;br /&gt;2. Select the [*] USE NIS&lt;br /&gt;3. Type the NIS Domain: RHCE&lt;br /&gt;4. Type Server 192.168.0.254 then click on next and ok&lt;br /&gt;5. You will get a ok message.&lt;br /&gt;6. Create a Directory /rhome/stationx where x is your station number.&lt;br /&gt;6. vi /etc/auto.master and write at the end of file&lt;br /&gt;/rhome/stationx /etc/auto.home –timeout=60&lt;br /&gt;7. vi /etc/auto.home and write&lt;br /&gt;* -rw,soft,intr 192.168.0.254:/rhome/stationx/&amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;Note: please specify your station number in the place of x.&lt;br /&gt;8. Service autofs restart&lt;br /&gt;9. Login as the nisuser2001 or nisuser2002 on another terminal will be&lt;br /&gt;Success.&lt;br /&gt;According to question, RHCE domain is already configured. We have to make a&lt;br /&gt;client of RHCE domain and automatically mount the home directory on your&lt;br /&gt;system. To make a member of domain, we use the authconfig or system-configauthentication&lt;br /&gt;command. There a are lots of authentication server i.e NIS, LDAB,&lt;br /&gt;SMB etc. NIS is a RPC related Services, no need to configure the DNS, we should&lt;br /&gt;specify the NIS server address.&lt;br /&gt;Here Automount feature is available. When user tried to login, home directory will&lt;br /&gt;automatically mount. The automount service reads the configuration from&lt;br /&gt;/etc/auto.master file. On /etc/auto.master file we specified the mount point the&lt;br /&gt;configuration file for mount point.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;239&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named sysadmin.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.     groupadd sysadmin&lt;br /&gt;groupadd command is used to create the group and all group information is stored&lt;br /&gt;in /etc/group file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;240&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named jane and john.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     useradd jane&lt;br /&gt;2.      useradd john&lt;br /&gt;useradd command is used to create the user. All user’s information stores in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/passwd and user;s shadow password stores in /etc/shadow.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;241&lt;br /&gt;Raw printer named printerx where x is your station number is installed and shared&lt;br /&gt;on server1.example.com. Install the shared printer on your PC to connect shared&lt;br /&gt;printer using IPP Protocols. Your server is 192.168.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     Open the Browser either firefox or links&lt;br /&gt;2.     Type : http://localhost:631&lt;br /&gt;3.     Click on Manage Printer&lt;br /&gt;4.     Click on Add Printer&lt;br /&gt;5.      Type Queue name like stationx and click on continue&lt;br /&gt;6.      Type Device type or printing Protocol: i.e Internet printing Protocol&lt;br /&gt;7.      Click on Continue&lt;br /&gt;8.      Type Device URL: ipp://server1.example.com/printers/printerx&lt;br /&gt;9.      Click on Continue&lt;br /&gt;10.     Select RAW Model printer&lt;br /&gt;11.     Click on Continue&lt;br /&gt;12.     Test by sending the printing job&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;242&lt;br /&gt;Make Secondary belongs the both users on sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    usermod -G sysadmin john&lt;br /&gt;2.    usermod -G sysadmin jane&lt;br /&gt;3.    Verify by reading /etc/group file&lt;br /&gt;Using usermod command we can make user belongs to different group. There are&lt;br /&gt;two types of group one primary and another is secondary. Primary group can be&lt;br /&gt;only one but user can belongs to more than one group as secondary.&lt;br /&gt;usermod -g groupname username To change the primary group of the user&lt;br /&gt;usermod -G groupname username To make user belongs to secondary group.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;243&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named eric but eric should not belong to the sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     useradd eric&lt;br /&gt;Very tricky question given to you that this user should not belongs to sysadmin&lt;br /&gt;group.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;244&lt;br /&gt;Create the directory /data and group owner should be the sysadmin group.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     chgrp sysadmin /data&lt;br /&gt;2.     Verify using ls -ld /data command. You should get like&lt;br /&gt;drwxr-x— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 17:59 /data&lt;br /&gt;chgrp command is used to change the group ownership of particular files or&lt;br /&gt;directory.&lt;br /&gt;Another way you can use the chown command.&lt;br /&gt;chown root:sysadmin /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;245&lt;br /&gt;Make on /data that only the user owner and group owner member can fully access.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    chmod 770 /data&lt;br /&gt;2.    Verify using : ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;Preview should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrwx— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /data&lt;br /&gt;To change the permission on directory we use the chmod command. According to&lt;br /&gt;the question that only the owner user (root) and group member (sysadmin) can fully&lt;br /&gt;access the directory so: chmod 770 /data&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;246&lt;br /&gt;Who ever creates the files/directories on /data group owner should be automatically&lt;br /&gt;should be the same group owner of /data.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    chmod g+s /data&lt;br /&gt;2.    Verify using: ls -ld /data&lt;br /&gt;Permission should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrws— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /data&lt;br /&gt;If SGID bit is set on directory then who every users creates the files on directory&lt;br /&gt;group owner automatically the owner of parent directory.&lt;br /&gt;To set the SGID bit: chmod g+s directory&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the SGID bit: chmod g-s directory&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;247&lt;br /&gt;Your System is going to use as a Router for two networks. One Network is&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0.0/24 and Another Network is 192.168.1.0/24. Both network’s IP address&lt;br /&gt;has assigned. How will you forward the packets from one network to another&lt;br /&gt;network?&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;1.     echo “1″ &gt;/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;2.     vi /etc/sysctl.conf&lt;br /&gt;net.ipv4.ip_forward = 1&lt;br /&gt;If you want to use the Linux System as a Router to make communication between&lt;br /&gt;different networks, you need enable the IP forwarding. To enable on running&lt;br /&gt;session just set value 1 to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward. As well as automatically&lt;br /&gt;turn on the IP forwarding features on next boot set on /etc/sysctl.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;248&lt;br /&gt;One New Kernel is released named kernel-.2.6.9-11. Kernel is available on&lt;br /&gt;ftp://server1.example.com/pub/updates directory for anonymous. Install the Kernel&lt;br /&gt;and make the kernel-2.6.9-5 default.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     rpm -ivh ftp://server1.example.com/pub/updates/kernel-2.6.9-11.i686.rpm&lt;br /&gt;2.     vi /etc/grub.conf&lt;br /&gt;default=1 Change this value to 1&lt;br /&gt;timeout=5&lt;br /&gt;splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz&lt;br /&gt;hiddenmenu&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-11)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-11.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-11.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;title Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES (2.6.9-5.EL)&lt;br /&gt;root (hd0,0)&lt;br /&gt;kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.9-5.EL ro root=LABEL=/ rhgb quiet&lt;br /&gt;initrd /initrd-2.6.9-5.EL.img&lt;br /&gt;According question that kernel is available to anonymous user. You can directly&lt;br /&gt;install from the ftp server using rpm command.&lt;br /&gt;When you install the kernel, it will write on /etc/grub.conf file. You can set the&lt;br /&gt;default kernel by changing the default value. See on the output of /etc/grub.conf file&lt;br /&gt;that new kernel is on first title so it’s index is 0 and previous kernel’s index is 1.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;249&lt;br /&gt;Install the dialog-*&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Questions asking you to install the dialog package from the server. In your Lab FTP&lt;br /&gt;server as well as NFS server are configured. You can install either through FTP or&lt;br /&gt;NFS.&lt;br /&gt;1.     Just Login to server1.example.com through FTP: ftp server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.     Enter to pub directory: cd pub&lt;br /&gt;3    . Enter to RedHat/RPMS: cd RedHat/RPMS&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;4     . Download the Package: mget dialog-*&lt;br /&gt;5.     Logout from the FTP server: bye&lt;br /&gt;6.     Install the package: rpm -ivh dialog-*&lt;br /&gt;7.     Verify the package either installed or not: rpm -q dialog&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;250&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 4 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/-&gt;               1048&lt;br /&gt;/home-&gt;       1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot -&gt;        512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;          1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr -&gt;          2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;       1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/data configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and cracker.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam&lt;br /&gt;lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the&lt;br /&gt;partition screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what&lt;br /&gt;partition should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10       . Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.        Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.         Type mount point /data&lt;br /&gt;13.         Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.         Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15.          Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should&lt;br /&gt;care about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another&lt;br /&gt;Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;251&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named eric and deny to interactive login.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;5.    useradd eric&lt;br /&gt;6.    passwd eric&lt;br /&gt;7.     vi /etc/passwd&lt;br /&gt;8. eric:x:505:505::/home/eric:/sbin/nologin&lt;br /&gt;Which shell or program should start at login time is specified in /etc/passwd file. By&lt;br /&gt;default Redhat Enterprise Linux assigns the /bin/bash shell to the users. To deny the&lt;br /&gt;interactive login, you should write /sbin/nologin or /bin/false instead of login shell.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;252&lt;br /&gt;/data Directory is shared from the server1.example.com server. Mount the shared&lt;br /&gt;directory that:&lt;br /&gt;d. when user try to access, automatically should mount&lt;br /&gt;e. when user doesn’t use mounted directory should unmount&lt;br /&gt;automatically after 50 seconds.&lt;br /&gt;f. Shared directory should mount on /mnt/data on your machine.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;6.        vi /etc/auto.master&lt;br /&gt;/mnt /etc/auto.misc –timeout=50&lt;br /&gt;7.         vi /etc/auto.misc&lt;br /&gt;8.        data -rw,soft,intr server1.example.com:/data&lt;br /&gt;9.         service autofs restart&lt;br /&gt;10.        chkconfig autofs on&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;When you mount the other filesystem, you should unmount the mounted filesystem,&lt;br /&gt;Automount feature of linux helps to mount at access time and after certain seconds,&lt;br /&gt;when user unaccess the mounted directory, automatically unmount the filesystem.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/auto.master is the master configuration file for autofs service. When you start&lt;br /&gt;the service, it reads the mount point as defined in /etc/auto.master.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;253&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 4 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;            1048&lt;br /&gt;/home -&gt;    1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot-&gt;        512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;       1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr-&gt;         2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;    1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/document configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and cracker.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam&lt;br /&gt;lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the&lt;br /&gt;partition screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what&lt;br /&gt;partition should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10     . Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.     Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.     Type mount point /document&lt;br /&gt;13.     Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.     Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15.     Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;care about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another&lt;br /&gt;Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;254&lt;br /&gt;Install the Redhat Linux RHEL 4 through NFS. Where your Server is&lt;br /&gt;server1.example.com having IP 172.24.254.254 and shared /var/ftp/pub. The size of&lt;br /&gt;the partitions are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;/ -&gt;                1048&lt;br /&gt;/home-&gt;         1028&lt;br /&gt;/boot-&gt;            512&lt;br /&gt;/var -&gt;            1028&lt;br /&gt;/usr -&gt;             2048&lt;br /&gt;Swap -&gt;         1.5 of RAM Size&lt;br /&gt;/archive configure the RAID Level 0 of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;After completing the installation through NFS solve the following questions. There&lt;br /&gt;are two networks 172.24.0.0/16 and 172.25.0.0/16. As well as there are two domains&lt;br /&gt;example.com on 172.24.0.0/16 network and my133t.org on 172.25.0.0/16 network.&lt;br /&gt;Your system is based on example.com domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. Insert the CD on CD-ROM and start the system.&lt;br /&gt;2. In Boot: Prompt type linux askmethod&lt;br /&gt;3. It will display the language, keyboard selection.&lt;br /&gt;4. It will ask you for the installation method.&lt;br /&gt;5. Select the NFS Image from the list&lt;br /&gt;6. It will ask the IP Address, Net mask, Gateway and Name Server. Select Use&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic IP Configuration: because DHCP Server will be configured in your exam lab.&lt;br /&gt;7. It will ask for the NFS Server Name and Redhat Enterprise Linux Directory.&lt;br /&gt;Specify the NFS Server: 172.24.254.254&lt;br /&gt;Directory: /var/ftp/pub&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;8. After Connecting to the NFS Server Installation start in GUI. Go up to the partition&lt;br /&gt;screen by selecting the different Options.&lt;br /&gt;9. Create the partition According to the Question because Size and what-what partition&lt;br /&gt;should you create at installation time is specified in your question&lt;br /&gt;10.           Create the two RAID partitions having equal size of remaining all free space.&lt;br /&gt;11.            Click on RAID button&lt;br /&gt;12.            Type mount point /archive&lt;br /&gt;13.            Select RAID Level 0&lt;br /&gt;14.            Click on ok&lt;br /&gt;15.            Then select the MBR Options, time zone and go upto package selections.&lt;br /&gt;It is another Most Important Time of installation. Due to the time limit, you should care&lt;br /&gt;about the installation packages. At Exam time you these packages are enough.&lt;br /&gt;X-Window System&lt;br /&gt;GNOME Desktop&lt;br /&gt;(these two packages are generally not required)&lt;br /&gt;Administration Tools.&lt;br /&gt;System Tools&lt;br /&gt;Windows File Server&lt;br /&gt;FTP Servers&lt;br /&gt;Mail Servers&lt;br /&gt;Web Servers&lt;br /&gt;Network Servers&lt;br /&gt;Editors&lt;br /&gt;Text Based Internet&lt;br /&gt;Server Configuration Tools&lt;br /&gt;Printing Supports&lt;br /&gt;When installation will complete, your system will reboot. Jump for another Question.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;255&lt;br /&gt;Create the group named sysuser.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.          groupadd sysuser&lt;br /&gt;groupadd command is used to create the group and all group information is stored in&lt;br /&gt;/etc/group file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;256&lt;br /&gt;Create the user named jackie, curtin, david&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     useradd jackie&lt;br /&gt;2.      useradd curtin&lt;br /&gt;3.      useradd david&lt;br /&gt;useradd command is used to create the user. All user’s information stores in /etc/passwd&lt;br /&gt;and user;s shadow password stores in /etc/shadow.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;257&lt;br /&gt;Make Secondary belongs the jackie and curtin users on sysuser group. But david&lt;br /&gt;user should not belongs to sysuser group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    usermod -G sysuser jackie&lt;br /&gt;2.     usermod -G sysuser curtin&lt;br /&gt;3.     Verify by reading /etc/group file&lt;br /&gt;Using usermod command we can make user belongs to different group. There are two&lt;br /&gt;types of group one primary and another is secondary. Primary group can be only one but&lt;br /&gt;user can belongs to more than one group as secondary.&lt;br /&gt;usermod -g groupname username To change the primary group of the user&lt;br /&gt;usermod -G groupname username To make user belongs to secondary group.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;258&lt;br /&gt;Create the directory /archive and group owner should be the sysuser group.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    chgrp sysuser /archive&lt;br /&gt;2.    Verify using ls -ld /archive command. You should get like&lt;br /&gt;drwxr-x— 2 root sysadmin 4096 Mar 16 17:59 /archive&lt;br /&gt;chgrp command is used to change the group ownership of particular files or directory.&lt;br /&gt;Another way you can use the chown command.&lt;br /&gt;chown root:sysuser /archive&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;259&lt;br /&gt;Make on /archive directory that only the user owner and group owner member can&lt;br /&gt;fully access.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    chmod 770 /archive&lt;br /&gt;2.    Verify using : ls -ld /archive&lt;br /&gt;Preview should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrwx— 2 root sysuser 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /archive&lt;br /&gt;To change the permission on directory we use the chmod command. According to the&lt;br /&gt;question that only the owner user (root) and group member (sysuser) can fully access the&lt;br /&gt;directory so: chmod 770 /archive&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;260&lt;br /&gt;Who ever creates the files/directories on /archive group owner should be&lt;br /&gt;automatically should be the same group owner of /archive.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    chmod g+s /archive&lt;br /&gt;2.    Verify using: ls -ld /archive&lt;br /&gt;Permission should be like:&lt;br /&gt;drwxrws— 2 root sysuser 4096 Mar 16 18:08 /archive&lt;br /&gt;If SGID bit is set on directory then who every users creates the files on directory group&lt;br /&gt;owner automatically the owner of parent directory.&lt;br /&gt;To set the SGID bit: chmod g+s directory&lt;br /&gt;To Remove the SGID bit: chmod g-s directory&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;261&lt;br /&gt;Install the Cron Schedule for david user to display “Hello” on daily 5:30.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;5. Login as a root user&lt;br /&gt;6. cat &gt;schedule.txt&lt;br /&gt;30 05 * * * /bin/echo “Hello”&lt;br /&gt;3. crontab -u david schedule.txt&lt;br /&gt;4. service crond restart&lt;br /&gt;The cron system is essentially a smart alarm clock. When the alarm sounds, Linux runs&lt;br /&gt;the commands of your choice automatically. You can set the alarm clock to run at all&lt;br /&gt;sorts of regular time intervals. Alternatively, the at system allows you to run the&lt;br /&gt;command of your choice once, at a specified time in the future.&lt;br /&gt;Red Hat configured the cron daemon, crond. By default, it checks a series of directories&lt;br /&gt;for jobs to run, every minute of every hour of every day. The crond checks the&lt;br /&gt;/var/spool/cron directory for jobs by user. It also checks for scheduled jobs for the&lt;br /&gt;computer under /etc/crontab and in the /etc/cron.d directory.&lt;br /&gt;Here is the format of a line in crontab. Each of these columns is explained in more detail:&lt;br /&gt;#minute, hour, day of month, month, day of week, command&lt;br /&gt;* * * * * command&lt;br /&gt;Entries in a crontab   Command Line&lt;br /&gt;Field                             Value&lt;br /&gt;Minute                          0-59&lt;br /&gt;Hour                      Based on a 24-hour clock; for example, 23 = 11 p.m.&lt;br /&gt;Day of month           1-31&lt;br /&gt;Month                     1-12, or jan, feb, mar, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Day of week           0-7; where 0 and 7 are both Sunday; or sun, mon, tue, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Command               The command you want to run&lt;br /&gt;MORE QUESTION: RHCE, Installation and Configuration&lt;br /&gt;(69 Questions)&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;262&lt;br /&gt;Configure the DNS for example.com domain, where 192.100.0.20 is associated IP for&lt;br /&gt;www and NS is 192.100.0.X where X is your IP.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type master;&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;/etc/named.conf file is used to register the zone as well as specify the global option for&lt;br /&gt;DNS. There are two types of zone, i. Master, which contains the original data. ii. Slave,&lt;br /&gt;backup of master. Here master zone is configured and file name is specified&lt;br /&gt;“example.com.zone”, which should be created in /var/named/chroot/var/named/&lt;br /&gt;2. vi /var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;$TTL 345345&lt;br /&gt;@ IN SOA @ webmaster.example.com.(&lt;br /&gt;101; Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;1H; Refresh Time&lt;br /&gt;1M; Retry Time&lt;br /&gt;1W; Expire Time&lt;br /&gt;1D; Minimum Time to Live&lt;br /&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;@ IN NS 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;www IN A 192.100.0.20&lt;br /&gt;3.            service named start&lt;br /&gt;4.            rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;5.           chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;Zone file should create on /var/named/chroot/var/named. Default Directory Path is&lt;br /&gt;specified on /var/named.conf.&lt;br /&gt;$TTL Time To Live, How much seconds cache server stores the information about&lt;br /&gt;DNS. And Five Parameters specified Serial Number used by slave to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;master server. Refresh and Retry Time used by slave server. NS is the Name (DNS)&lt;br /&gt;server where lookup the domain. A (Associated IP) for particular host.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;263&lt;br /&gt;You are an Administrator of example.com domain. You need to configure the DNS&lt;br /&gt;for www.example.com by providing the round-robin load balancing. You should&lt;br /&gt;load balance to 5 hosts for www having IP: 192.100.0.1, 192.100.0.2, 192.100.0.3,&lt;br /&gt;192.100.0.4 and 192.100.0.5. Where DNS is 192.100.0.X (X is your DNS Server).&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;type master;&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;/etc/named.conf file is used to register the zone as well as specify the global option for&lt;br /&gt;DNS. There are two types of zone, i. Master, which contains the original data. ii. Slave,&lt;br /&gt;backup of master. Here master zone is configured and file name is specified&lt;br /&gt;“example.com.zone”, which should be created in /var/named/chroot/var/named/&lt;br /&gt;2. vi /var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;$TTL 345345&lt;br /&gt;@ IN SOA @ webmaster.example.com.(&lt;br /&gt;101; Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;1H; Refresh Time&lt;br /&gt;1M; Retry Time&lt;br /&gt;1W; Expire Time&lt;br /&gt;1D; Minimum Time to Live&lt;br /&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;@ IN NS 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.1&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.2&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.3&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.4&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.5&lt;br /&gt;3.       service named start&lt;br /&gt;4.        rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;5.        chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;Zone file should create on /var/named/chroot/var/named. Default Directory Path is&lt;br /&gt;specified on /var/named.conf.&lt;br /&gt;$TTL-&gt; Time To Live, How much seconds cache server stores the information about&lt;br /&gt;DNS. And Five Parameters specified Serial Number used by slave to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;master server. Refresh and Retry Time used by slave server. NS is the Name (DNS)&lt;br /&gt;server where lookup the domain. A (Associated IP) for particular host. DNS has&lt;br /&gt;mechanism to load balance the request from clients. You can verify using host&lt;br /&gt;www.example.com command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;264&lt;br /&gt;You are working as an administrator of example.com domain. There are five web&lt;br /&gt;servers( www), three mail servers(mail1, mail2, mail). Configure the DNS for www,&lt;br /&gt;mail, mail1, mail2 by specifying mail.example.com is the Primary Mail Server for&lt;br /&gt;example.com domain. Where 192.168.100.1-5 for www, 6,7,8 for mail, mail1, m ail2&lt;br /&gt;and 192.168.0.X for DNS.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type master;&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;/etc/named.conf file is used to register the zone as well as specify the global option for&lt;br /&gt;DNS. There are two types of zone, i. Master, which contains the original data. ii. Slave,&lt;br /&gt;backup of master. Here master zone is configured and file name is specified&lt;br /&gt;“example.com.zone”, which should be created in /var/named/chroot/var/named/&lt;br /&gt;2. vi /var/named/chroot/var/named/example.com.zone&lt;br /&gt;$TTL 345345&lt;br /&gt;@ IN SOA @ webmaster.example.com.(&lt;br /&gt;101; Serial Number&lt;br /&gt;1H; Refresh Time&lt;br /&gt;1M; Retry Time&lt;br /&gt;1W; Expire Time&lt;br /&gt;1D; Minimum Time to Live&lt;br /&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;@ IN NS 192.100.0.X&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.1&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.2&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.3&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.4&lt;br /&gt;www 0 IN A 192.100.0.5&lt;br /&gt;mail IN A 192.100.0.6&lt;br /&gt;mail1 IN A 192.100.0.7&lt;br /&gt;mail2 IN A 192.100.0.8&lt;br /&gt;@ IN MX 5 mail.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;@ IN MX 8 mail1.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;@ IN MX 10 mail2.example.com.&lt;br /&gt;3. service named start&lt;br /&gt;4. rndc reload&lt;br /&gt;5. chkconfig named on&lt;br /&gt;Zone file should create on /var/named/chroot/var/named. Default Directory Path is&lt;br /&gt;specified on /var/named.conf.&lt;br /&gt;$TTL Time To Live, How much seconds cache server stores the information about&lt;br /&gt;DNS. And Five Parameters specified Serial Number used by slave to synchronize with&lt;br /&gt;master server. Refresh and Retry Time used by slave server. NS is the Name (DNS)&lt;br /&gt;server where lookup the domain. A (Associated IP) for particular host. DNS has&lt;br /&gt;mechanism to load balance the request from clients. You can verify using host&lt;br /&gt;www.example.com command. MX resource records are used to define mail handler or&lt;br /&gt;exchanger for the domain. MX record must pass the positive integer value. This integer&lt;br /&gt;value is used by remote Mail Transport Agent (MTA) to determine, which host has&lt;br /&gt;delivery priority for the zone. The Lowest integer value will get the priority.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;265&lt;br /&gt;Configure the Slave DNS for example.com domain where master DNS is&lt;br /&gt;192.100.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;Slave DNS is the backup of master DNS. Automatically within a certain time&lt;br /&gt;slave DNS synchronizes with the Master DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;zone “example.com” IN {&lt;br /&gt;type slave;&lt;br /&gt;masters { 192.100.0.254; };&lt;br /&gt;file “example.com.zone”;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;6. named-checkconf command checks the syntax for /etc/named.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;7. service named start | restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;266&lt;br /&gt;Configure the caching only-name server for example.com where DNS server is&lt;br /&gt;192.100.0.254.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;options {&lt;br /&gt;forwarders { 192.168.22.250; };&lt;br /&gt;forward only;&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;2. service named start | restart&lt;br /&gt;Caching-only name server forwards a request to another name server or to the root&lt;br /&gt;name servers in orders to determine the authoritative name server for the resolution.&lt;br /&gt;Once resolution has taken place, the caching-only name server stores the resolved&lt;br /&gt;information in a cache for the designated time to live period.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;267&lt;br /&gt;Configure the DNS server by allowing query only from the 192.168.0.0/24 Local&lt;br /&gt;Network.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/named.conf&lt;br /&gt;acl localnet { 192.168.0.0/24; };&lt;br /&gt;options {&lt;br /&gt;allow-query { localnet; };&lt;br /&gt;};&lt;br /&gt;2. service named restart | start&lt;br /&gt;allow-query is a global option on /etc/named.conf, specifies an address match list&lt;br /&gt;of hosts allowed to query this server. If this option is not set, any host can query&lt;br /&gt;the server.&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;268&lt;br /&gt;Configure the DHCP server by matching the following conditions:&lt;br /&gt;1. Subnet and netmask should be 192.168.0.0&lt;br /&gt;255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;2. Gateway Should be 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;3. DNS Sever Should be 192.168.0.254&lt;br /&gt;4. Domain Name should be example.com&lt;br /&gt;5. Range from 192.168.0.10-50&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/dhcpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;ddns-update-style none;&lt;br /&gt;option routers 192.168.0.1;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name “example.com”;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name-servers 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;default-lease-time 21600;&lt;br /&gt;max-lease-time 43200;&lt;br /&gt;subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;range 192.168.0.10 192.168.0.50;&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;/etc/dhcpd.conf file is used to configure the DHCP. Some global options i.e Gateway,&lt;br /&gt;domainname, DNS server specified using option keyword.&lt;br /&gt;11. service dhcpd start | restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;269&lt;br /&gt;You have DHCP server, which assigns the IP, gateway and DNS server ip to&lt;br /&gt;Clients. There are two DNS servers having MAC address (00:50:FC:98:8D:00,&lt;br /&gt;00:50:FC:98:8C:00), in your LAN, But they always required fixed IP address&lt;br /&gt;(192.168.0.254, 192.168.0.253). Configure the DHCP server to assign the fixed IP&lt;br /&gt;address to DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1. vi /etc/dhcpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;ddns-update-style none;&lt;br /&gt;option routers 192.168.0.1;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name “example.com”;&lt;br /&gt;option domain-name-servers 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;default-lease-time 21600;&lt;br /&gt;max-lease-time 43200;&lt;br /&gt;subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;{&lt;br /&gt;range 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;host dns1 {&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;hardware ethernet 00:50:FC:98:8D:00;&lt;br /&gt;fixed-address 192.168.0.254;&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;host dns2 {&lt;br /&gt;hardware ethernet 00:50:FC:98:8C:00;&lt;br /&gt;fixed-address 192.168.0.253;&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;}&lt;br /&gt;/etc/dhcpd.conf file is used to configure the DHCP. Some global options i.e Gateway,&lt;br /&gt;domainname, DNS server specified using option keyword. To assign as static ip from&lt;br /&gt;dhcp server, required the mac address of interface.&lt;br /&gt;2. service dhcpd start | restart&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;270&lt;br /&gt;Share /data directory using NFS only to example.com members. These hosts should&lt;br /&gt;get read and write access on shared directory.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;/data *.example.com(rw,sync)&lt;br /&gt;2.           service nfs start | restart&lt;br /&gt;3.           service portmap start | restart&lt;br /&gt;4.           chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;5.           chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;In Linux to share the data we use the /etc/exports file. Pattern is:&lt;br /&gt;Path client(permission)&lt;br /&gt;Shared Directory Path, Client can be single host or domain name or ip address.&lt;br /&gt;Permission should specify without space with client lists in parentheses. NFS is RPC&lt;br /&gt;service so portmapper service should restart after starting the nfs service.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;271&lt;br /&gt;You have a directory /local. You want to make available that directory to all the&lt;br /&gt;members of example.com and trusted.cracker.org. But directory should available in&lt;br /&gt;read and write to all the members of example.com domain and read only to&lt;br /&gt;cracker.org domain.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.           vi /etc/exports&lt;br /&gt;/local *.example.com(rw,sync) trusted.cracker.org(ro,sync)&lt;br /&gt;7.            service nfs start | restart&lt;br /&gt;8.            service portmap start | restart&lt;br /&gt;9.            chkconfig nfs on&lt;br /&gt;10.          chkconfig portmap on&lt;br /&gt;In Linux to share the data we use the /etc/exports file. Pattern is:&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;Path client(permission)&lt;br /&gt;Shared Directory Path, Client can be single host or domain name or ip address.&lt;br /&gt;Permission should specify without space with client lists in parentheses. NFS is RPC&lt;br /&gt;service so portmapper service should restart after starting the nfs service. We can&lt;br /&gt;specify multiple clients’ list separating by space with different shared option.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;272&lt;br /&gt;You have ftp site named ftp.example.com. You want to deny login as an anonymous&lt;br /&gt;on your ftp site. Configure to deny the anonymous.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;anonymous_enable=no&lt;br /&gt;2.          service vsftpd restart&lt;br /&gt;/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf file is used to allow or deny to anonymous or real user. To&lt;br /&gt;allow anonymous anonymous_enable=yes should be there. Sample configuration is&lt;br /&gt;like.&lt;br /&gt;# Allow anonymous FTP? (Beware – allowed by default if you comment this&lt;br /&gt;out).&lt;br /&gt;anonymous_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this to allow local users to log in.&lt;br /&gt;local_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this to enable any form of FTP write command.&lt;br /&gt;write_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Default umask for local users is 077. You may wish to change this to&lt;br /&gt;022,&lt;br /&gt;# if your users expect that (022 is used by most other ftpd’s)&lt;br /&gt;local_umask=022&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this to allow the anonymous FTP user to upload files. This&lt;br /&gt;only&lt;br /&gt;# has an effect if the above global write enable is activated. Also,&lt;br /&gt;you will&lt;br /&gt;# obviously need to create a directory writable by the FTP user.&lt;br /&gt;#anon_upload_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Uncomment this if you want the anonymous FTP user to be able to&lt;br /&gt;create&lt;br /&gt;# new directories.&lt;br /&gt;#anon_mkdir_write_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Activate directory messages – messages given to remote users when&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;they&lt;br /&gt;# go into a certain directory.&lt;br /&gt;dirmessage_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Activate logging of uploads/downloads.&lt;br /&gt;xferlog_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Make sure PORT transfer connections originate from port 20 (ftpdata).&lt;br /&gt;connect_from_port_20=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# If you want, you can arrange for uploaded anonymous files to be owned&lt;br /&gt;by&lt;br /&gt;# a different user. Note! Using “root” for uploaded files is not&lt;br /&gt;# recommended!&lt;br /&gt;#chown_uploads=YES&lt;br /&gt;#chown_username=whoever&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may override where the log file goes if you like. The default is&lt;br /&gt;shown&lt;br /&gt;# below.&lt;br /&gt;#xferlog_file=/var/log/vsftpd.log&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# If you want, you can have your log file in standard ftpd xferlog&lt;br /&gt;format&lt;br /&gt;xferlog_std_format=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may change the default value for timing out an idle session.&lt;br /&gt;#idle_session_timeout=600&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may change the default value for timing out a data connection.&lt;br /&gt;#data_connection_timeout=120&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# It is recommended that you define on your system a unique user which&lt;br /&gt;the&lt;br /&gt;# ftp server can use as a totally isolated and unprivileged user.&lt;br /&gt;#nopriv_user=ftpsecure&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# Enable this and the server will recognise asynchronous ABOR requests.&lt;br /&gt;Not&lt;br /&gt;# recommended for security (the code is non-trivial). Not enabling it,&lt;br /&gt;# however, may confuse older FTP clients.&lt;br /&gt;#async_abor_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# By default the server will pretend to allow ASCII mode but in fact&lt;br /&gt;ignore&lt;br /&gt;# the request. Turn on the below options to have the server actually do&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;ASCII&lt;br /&gt;# mangling on files when in ASCII mode.&lt;br /&gt;# Beware that turning on ascii_download_enable enables malicious remote&lt;br /&gt;parties&lt;br /&gt;# to consume your I/O resources, by issuing the command “SIZE&lt;br /&gt;/big/file” in&lt;br /&gt;# ASCII mode.&lt;br /&gt;# These ASCII options are split into upload and download because you&lt;br /&gt;may wish&lt;br /&gt;# to enable ASCII uploads (to prevent uploaded scripts etc. from&lt;br /&gt;breaking),&lt;br /&gt;# without the DoS risk of SIZE and ASCII downloads. ASCII mangling&lt;br /&gt;should be&lt;br /&gt;# on the client anyway..&lt;br /&gt;#ascii_upload_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#ascii_download_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may fully customise the login banner string:&lt;br /&gt;#ftpd_banner=Welcome to blah FTP service.&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may specify a file of disallowed anonymous e-mail addresses.&lt;br /&gt;Apparently&lt;br /&gt;# useful for combatting certain DoS attacks.&lt;br /&gt;#deny_email_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;# (default follows)&lt;br /&gt;#banned_email_file=/etc/vsftpd.banned_emails&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may specify an explicit list of local users to chroot() to their&lt;br /&gt;home&lt;br /&gt;# directory. If chroot_local_user is YES, then this list becomes a list&lt;br /&gt;of&lt;br /&gt;# users to NOT chroot().&lt;br /&gt;#chroot_list_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;# (default follows)&lt;br /&gt;#chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list&lt;br /&gt;#&lt;br /&gt;# You may activate the “-R” option to the builtin ls. This is disabled&lt;br /&gt;by&lt;br /&gt;# default to avoid remote users being able to cause excessive I/O on&lt;br /&gt;large&lt;br /&gt;# sites. However, some broken FTP clients such as “ncftp” and “mirror”&lt;br /&gt;assume&lt;br /&gt;# the presence of the “-R” option, so there is a strong case for&lt;br /&gt;enabling it.&lt;br /&gt;#ls_recurse_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;pam_service_name=vsftpd&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;userlist_enable=YES&lt;br /&gt;#enable for standalone mode&lt;br /&gt;listen=YES&lt;br /&gt;tcp_wrappers=YES&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;273&lt;br /&gt;You have ftp site named ftp.example.com. You want to allow anonymous users to&lt;br /&gt;upload files on you ftp site. Configure to allow anonymous to upload the files.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.       vi /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf&lt;br /&gt;anon_upload_enable=yes&lt;br /&gt;chown_uploads=yes&lt;br /&gt;chown_username=username&lt;br /&gt;2.       service vsftpd start| restart&lt;br /&gt;3.        directory owner should be ftp user: chown ftp directory path allowed to&lt;br /&gt;upload files.&lt;br /&gt;4.        Write permission should be set to owner user.&lt;br /&gt;By default anonymous user can only download files from the ftp. Should write&lt;br /&gt;anon_upload_enable=yes to enable anonymous upload files. Default Directory for&lt;br /&gt;anonymous is /var/ftp.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;274&lt;br /&gt;You want to deny to user1 and user2 users to access files via ftp. Configure to deny&lt;br /&gt;these users to access via ftp.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        vi /etc/vsftpd.ftpusers&lt;br /&gt;user1&lt;br /&gt;user2&lt;br /&gt;2.         service vsftpd start| restart&lt;br /&gt;Using /etc/vsftpd.ftpusers file we can deny to certain users to access files via ftp. As&lt;br /&gt;well as there is another file named /etc/vsftpd.user_list can be used to allow or to&lt;br /&gt;deny to users.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;275&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. There is a /data directory on linux server&lt;br /&gt;should make available on windows to only user1 and user2 users with full access.&lt;br /&gt;Configure to make available.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.        vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup = mygroup&lt;br /&gt;server string=Share from Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;writable=yes&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;valid users=user1 user2&lt;br /&gt;2.     smbpasswd -a user1&lt;br /&gt;3.     smbpasswd -a user2&lt;br /&gt;4.     service smb start | restart&lt;br /&gt;5.     chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is /etc/samba/smb.conf.&lt;br /&gt;There are some predefined&lt;br /&gt;section, i. global use to define the global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii. homes use the share&lt;br /&gt;the&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user-&gt; validation by samba username and password. May be there&lt;br /&gt;are other users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should&lt;br /&gt;use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd -&gt;Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies&lt;br /&gt;that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;276&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. There is a /data directory on linux server&lt;br /&gt;should make available on windows to user1 and user2 users on read and write mode&lt;br /&gt;and read only to other samba users.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.     vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup = mygroup&lt;br /&gt;server string=Share from Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;write list= user1 user2&lt;br /&gt;2.     smbpasswd -a user1&lt;br /&gt;3.     smbpasswd -a user2&lt;br /&gt;……..&lt;br /&gt;4.     service smb start | restart&lt;br /&gt;5.     chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii. homes use the share the user’s&lt;br /&gt;home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user validation by samba username and password. May be there&lt;br /&gt;are other users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should&lt;br /&gt;use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies&lt;br /&gt;that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;file.&lt;br /&gt;If any valid users option is not specified, then all samba users can access the shared data. By&lt;br /&gt;Default shared permission is on writable=no means read only sharing. Write list option is&lt;br /&gt;used to allow write access on shared directory to certain users or group members.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;277&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. You want to make available /data&lt;br /&gt;directory to samba users only from  192.168.0.0/24 network. Configure the samba&lt;br /&gt;server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup = mygroup&lt;br /&gt;server string=Share from Linux Server&lt;br /&gt;security=user&lt;br /&gt;smb passwd file=/etc/samba/smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;encrypt passwords=yes&lt;br /&gt;hosts allow=192.168.0.&lt;br /&gt;[data]&lt;br /&gt;path=/data&lt;br /&gt;writable=yes&lt;br /&gt;public=no&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;2.    service smb start| restart&lt;br /&gt;3.    chkconfig smb on&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is&lt;br /&gt;/etc/samba/smb.conf. There are some pre-defined section, i. global use to define the&lt;br /&gt;global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii. homes use to share the user’s&lt;br /&gt;home directory.&lt;br /&gt;Security=user -&gt;validation by samba username and password. May be there&lt;br /&gt;are other users also. To allow certain share to certain user we should&lt;br /&gt;use valid users option.&lt;br /&gt;smbpasswd-&gt; Helps to change user’s smb password. -a option specifies&lt;br /&gt;that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd&lt;br /&gt;file.&lt;br /&gt;If any valid users option is not specified, then all samba users can access the shared data. By Default shared&lt;br /&gt;permission is on&lt;br /&gt;writable=no means read only sharing. Write list option is used to allow write access on shared directory to&lt;br /&gt;certain users or group&lt;br /&gt;members.&lt;br /&gt;To allow access the shared directory only from certain network or hosts, there is a&lt;br /&gt;option hosts allow= host or network. If this option is applied on global option, then it&lt;br /&gt;will apply to all shared directory.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;278&lt;br /&gt;There are mixed lots of System running on Linux and Windows OS. Some users are&lt;br /&gt;working on Windows Operating System. Your printer is connected on linux server.&lt;br /&gt;You want to share the printer-using samba so that users working on windows also&lt;br /&gt;can print. Configure the samba server to share printer.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and Explanation&lt;br /&gt;1.    vi /etc/samba/smb.conf&lt;br /&gt;[global]&lt;br /&gt;netbios?&lt;br /&gt;workgroup=linuxgroup&lt;br /&gt;security=share&lt;br /&gt;printcap name=/etc/printcap&lt;br /&gt;load printers=yes&lt;br /&gt;printing=cups&lt;br /&gt;[printers]&lt;br /&gt;path=/var/spool/samba&lt;br /&gt;browsable=yes&lt;br /&gt;printable=yes&lt;br /&gt;guest ok=no&lt;br /&gt;writable=no&lt;br /&gt;Samba servers helps to share the data between linux and windows. Configuration file is /etc/samba/smb.conf.&lt;br /&gt;There are some predefined&lt;br /&gt;section, i. global use to define the global options, ii. Printers use to share the printers, iii. homes use to share the&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;user’s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/printcap file contains all installed printers name. Printing is print system used on server.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;279&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.         vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.         vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.        m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.        vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;example.com RELAY&lt;br /&gt;192.169.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;5.        service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.         chkconfig sendmail on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server&lt;br /&gt;program reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail&lt;br /&gt;server, we should edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the&lt;br /&gt;sendmail.cf using m4 command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/access to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or&lt;br /&gt;individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;280&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN. As well as enable the pop and pop secured protocol.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.   vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.   vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.    m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.    vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;192.169.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;example.com RELAY&lt;br /&gt;5.    service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.    chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;7.    vi /etc/dovecot.conf&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;protocols = pop3 pop3s&lt;br /&gt;8.    service dovecot start | restart&lt;br /&gt;9.    chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server&lt;br /&gt;program reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail&lt;br /&gt;server, we should edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the&lt;br /&gt;sendmail.cf using m4 command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/access to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or&lt;br /&gt;individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;By default dovecot service start only the imap protocol. To start pop protocol with&lt;br /&gt;dovecot, we should write in /etc/dovecot.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;281&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN by following these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;i.      Relay the mail from 192.168.0.0/24 Network&lt;br /&gt;ii.     If any mail coming from cracker.org domain block all mails.&lt;br /&gt;iii.    user5′s mail should be get by user2.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.           vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;3.          m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.          vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0 RELAY&lt;br /&gt;@cracker.org REJECT&lt;br /&gt;5.          service sendmail start | restart&lt;br /&gt;6.           chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;7.           vi /etc/dovecot.conf&lt;br /&gt;protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps&lt;br /&gt;8.          service dovecot start | restart&lt;br /&gt;9.          chkconfig dovecot on&lt;br /&gt;10.         vi /etc/aliases&lt;br /&gt;user5: user2&lt;br /&gt;11.          newaliases&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server&lt;br /&gt;program reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail&lt;br /&gt;server, we should edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the&lt;br /&gt;sendmail.cf using m4 command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. we should specify on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/access to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or&lt;br /&gt;individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;By default dovecot service start only the imap protocol. To start pop protocol with&lt;br /&gt;dovecot, we should write in /etc/dovecot.conf file.&lt;br /&gt;Using /etc/aliases file we can map the user name to send mail of one user to another&lt;br /&gt;user. To rebuild database we use the newaliases command.&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;282&lt;br /&gt;Your Local Domain is example.com. Configure the send mail server for you local&lt;br /&gt;LAN by following these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;i.           Any mail going from Local LAN should be masquerade to example.com&lt;br /&gt;ii.          Any incoming mail for info@example.com virtual address should be mapped&lt;br /&gt;to admin@example.com&lt;br /&gt;iii.          All outgoing mail should be send via smtp.abc.com mail server.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.            vi /etc/mail/local-host-names&lt;br /&gt;example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.           vi /etc/mail/sendmail.mc&lt;br /&gt;dnl # DEAMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp,Addr=127.0.0.1,Name=MTA`)dnl&lt;br /&gt;MASQUERADE_AS(`example.com’)dnl&lt;br /&gt;define(`SMART_HOST’,`smtp.abc.com’)&lt;br /&gt;3.            m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.mc &gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.cf&lt;br /&gt;4.            vi /etc/mail/virtusertable&lt;br /&gt;info@example.com admin@example.com&lt;br /&gt;5.           vi /etc/mail/access&lt;br /&gt;192.168.0                           RELAY&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/local-host-names file contains the aliases to hostname. Mail server&lt;br /&gt;program reads the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf. To change the configuration on mail&lt;br /&gt;server, we should edit the /etc/mail/sendmail.mc file and should generate the&lt;br /&gt;sendmail.cf using m4 command.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server allows to connect to local host only. So we should edit the&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/sendmail.mc file to allow connect to other hosts.&lt;br /&gt;By default sendmail server will not forward mail. We should specify on&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/access to relay or to block mail coming from domain or network or&lt;br /&gt;individual email address.&lt;br /&gt;To masquerade the address, MASQUERADE_AS option is in /etc/mail/sendmail.mc.&lt;br /&gt;SMART_HOST deliver all local mail locally and outgoing mail through another mail&lt;br /&gt;server.&lt;br /&gt;/etc/mail/virtusertable file is used map virtual address to real address.&lt;br /&gt;Eg.&lt;br /&gt;info@example.com&lt;br /&gt;user1@example.com&lt;br /&gt;enquiry@example.com&lt;br /&gt;admin@abc.com&lt;br /&gt;Actualtests.com – The Power of Knowing&lt;br /&gt;RH302&lt;br /&gt;QUESTION&lt;br /&gt;283&lt;br /&gt;Download a index.html file from ftp.server1.example.com and set as default page&lt;br /&gt;for you station?.example.com where ? is your host number. Note file is anonymously&lt;br /&gt;available.&lt;br /&gt;Answer and&lt;br /&gt;Explanation:&lt;br /&gt;1.          ftp ftp://server1.example.com&lt;br /&gt;2.          Login as an anonymous and download the file.&lt;br /&gt;3.          Copy the file in /var/www/html if you downloaded in another location.&lt;br /&gt;4.           service httpd restart&lt;br /&gt;5.            Test using links: links http://station?.example.com&lt;br /&gt;Note: In examination Lab DNS will configure for every stations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-8247250400439443337?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Q2L0BpvnGZ3J9EYyxWPeTMKAhZo/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Q2L0BpvnGZ3J9EYyxWPeTMKAhZo/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Q2L0BpvnGZ3J9EYyxWPeTMKAhZo/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/Q2L0BpvnGZ3J9EYyxWPeTMKAhZo/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/4n5o2cjPKbM" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/8247250400439443337/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=8247250400439443337" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/8247250400439443337?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/8247250400439443337?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/4n5o2cjPKbM/rhce-rh302-exam-questions-part02.html" title="RHCE rh302 exam questions Part02" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/rhce-rh302-exam-questions-part02.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DkQFRHw4fyp7ImA9WxFWEUk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-5297612022755516024</id><published>2010-05-29T17:35:00.004+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-29T17:45:15.237+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-29T17:45:15.237+03:00</app:edited><title>rh302    EXam Dumps Exam Questions RedHat RH302: Practice Exam  RHCE Exam Dumps   Actual Tests And Test King   Pass Any Exam AnyTime</title><content type="html">&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;RH302  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;EXam Dumps Exam Questions RedHat RH302: Practice Exam RHCE Exam Dumps &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Actual Tests And Test King  Pass Any Exam AnyTime&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"  style="color:#CC0000;"&gt;Sample Questions&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;QUESTION NO: 1 CORRECT TEXT&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Change the root Password to redtophat&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Answer and Explanation:Boot the system in Single user modeUse the passwd command&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;QUESTION NO: 2 CORRECT TEXT&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Some users home directory is shared from your system. Using showmount -e localhost command,&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;the shared directory is not shown. Make access the shared users home directory.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Answer and Explanation:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;1. Verify the File whether Shared or not ? : cat /etc/exports&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;2. Start the nfs service: service nfs start&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;3. Start the portmap service: service portmap start&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;4. Make automatically start the nfs service on next reboot: chkconfig nfs on&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;5. Make automatically start the portmap service on next reboot: chkconfig portmap on&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;6. Verify either sharing or not: showmount -e localhost&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;7. Check that default firewall is running on system ? if running flush the iptables using iptables -F&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;and stop the iptables service.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.4shared.com/file/qkkW1tm5/RH302_rhce_actual_tests.html"&gt;Download Pdf Version Actual Test RH302&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.4shared.com/file/LHwY12mP/RH302_testking.html"&gt;Download Pdf Version Testking RH302&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"  style="color:#CC0000;"&gt;The Password egypt2011&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-5297612022755516024?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/zI8l_syAA0ebmiLhvHHLDIPNmbQ/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/zI8l_syAA0ebmiLhvHHLDIPNmbQ/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/zI8l_syAA0ebmiLhvHHLDIPNmbQ/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/zI8l_syAA0ebmiLhvHHLDIPNmbQ/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/EIMINjJsUVI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/5297612022755516024/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=5297612022755516024" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/5297612022755516024?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/5297612022755516024?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/EIMINjJsUVI/rh302-exam-dumps-exam-questions-redhat.html" title="rh302    EXam Dumps Exam Questions RedHat RH302: Practice Exam  RHCE Exam Dumps   Actual Tests And Test King   Pass Any Exam AnyTime" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/rh302-exam-dumps-exam-questions-redhat.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUMBRHg7fSp7ImA9WxFWEUk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-3920178605939752148</id><published>2010-05-29T17:30:00.002+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-29T17:30:55.605+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-29T17:30:55.605+03:00</app:edited><title>RHCE and RHCT Exam Preparation Guide</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: 'Lucida Grande', 'Luxi Sans', 'Trebuchet MS', 'Bitstream Vera Sans', helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif; font-size: small; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); "&gt;&lt;div class="contentIndent" style="margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px; "&gt;&lt;h1 id="sectionHead1" style="margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; padding-top: 0px; font-size: x-large; padding-right: 0px; padding-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;RHCE and RHCT Exam Preparation Guide&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id="contentColLeft" style="float: left; width: 573px; "&gt;&lt;div class="contentIndent" style="margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px; "&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Overview&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;This guide provides information candidates may use in preparing to take the RHCT or RHCE exam. Red Hat is not responsible for the content or accuracy of other guides, books, online resources, or any other information provided by organizations or individuals other than Red Hat Global Learning Services. Red Hat reserves the right to change this Guide when appropriate, and candidates who have enrolled in forthcoming classes or exams are advised to check this guide periodically for changes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: small; "&gt;Performance-based Exams&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;The Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) and Red Hat Certified Technician (RHCT) exams are performance-based evaluations of Red Hat Enterprise Linux system administration skills and knowledge. Candidates perform a number of routine system administration tasks and are evaluated on whether they have met specific objective criteria. Performance-based testing means that candidates must perform tasks similar to what they must perform on the job.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Prospective employers of RHCEs and RHCTs should verify any and all claims by people claiming to hold one of these certificates by requesting their certificate number and verifying it here.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.redhat.com/certification/rhce/prep_guide/"&gt;Read More&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-3920178605939752148?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6UmNRHPzJ8evOui36JGnJIa1xoE/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6UmNRHPzJ8evOui36JGnJIa1xoE/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6UmNRHPzJ8evOui36JGnJIa1xoE/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/6UmNRHPzJ8evOui36JGnJIa1xoE/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/uthrVrlTnNo" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/3920178605939752148/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=3920178605939752148" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3920178605939752148?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/3920178605939752148?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/uthrVrlTnNo/rhce-and-rhct-exam-preparation-guide.html" title="RHCE and RHCT Exam Preparation Guide" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/rhce-and-rhct-exam-preparation-guide.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUcFQns7eCp7ImA9WxFWEUk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-7063879956278504045</id><published>2010-05-29T17:22:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-29T17:23:33.500+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-29T17:23:33.500+03:00</app:edited><title>Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA)</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: 'Lucida Grande', 'Luxi Sans', 'Trebuchet MS', 'Bitstream Vera Sans', helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif; font-size: small; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); "&gt;&lt;div class="contentIndent" style="margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px; "&gt;&lt;h1 id="sectionHead1" style="margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; padding-top: 0px; font-size: x-large; padding-right: 0px; padding-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA)&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id="contentColLeft" style="float: left; width: 573px; "&gt;&lt;div class="contentIndent" style="margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px; "&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Overview&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Red Hat's Enterprise Architect courses provide in-depth, hands-on training for senior Linux system administrators responsible for the deployment and management of many systems in large enterprise environments. Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA) is a capstone certification to Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) and Red Hat Certified Technician (RHCT), the most recognized, acclaimed, and mature certifications in the Linux space.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Curriculum and Expertise Exams&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;The full RHCA curriculum consists of four advanced 400-level Enterprise Architect courses and an upper-level security course.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul style="padding-left: 12px; margin-left: 12px; "&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Only &lt;strong&gt;current RHCEs are eligible&lt;/strong&gt; to be certified as a Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA), while anyone can attend the courses in this track. Verify your RHCE.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Current RHCEs will obtain RHCA certification upon successfully &lt;strong&gt;passing all five Expertise Exams&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;The courses are not required as the tests can be taken separately but they are strongly recommended.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;table cellspacing="3" class="certTracks" style="font-size: x-small; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-style: initial; border-color: initial; width: 556px; margin-top: 0.8em; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-right-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-bottom-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-left-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;th class="thisCourse" style="background-image: none; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-color: rgb(170, 170, 170); padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 12px; width: 264px; background-position: initial initial; background-repeat: initial initial; "&gt;RHCA Courses&lt;br /&gt;(Recommended)&lt;/th&gt;&lt;th class="thisCourse" style="background-image: none; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-color: rgb(170, 170, 170); padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 12px; width: 263px; background-position: initial initial; background-repeat: initial initial; "&gt;Expertise Exams&lt;br /&gt;(Required: Must pass all 5 for RHCA)&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RHS333 Red Hat Enterprise Security: Network Services&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX333 Red Hat Enterprise Security: Network Services Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH401 Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX401 Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH423 Red Hat Enterprise Directory Services and Authentication&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;RH318 Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX423 Red Hat Enterprise Directory Services and Authentication Expertise Exam&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;br /&gt;EX318 Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH436 Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX436 Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH442 Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX442 Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Each course in the Enterprise Architect curriculum is followed by a Certificate of Expertise exam on the fifth day. Expertise Exams may be taken immediately following the corresponding course, or at any time. The exams are performance-based and test skills of the job role competencies covered in the prior four days of hands-on training. Passing the Expertise Exam earns the candidate an Certificate of Expertise to his or her RHCE credential for that specific enterprise skillset.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;An RHCA has proven the skills required to plan, design and manage open source infrastructure in large complex environments consisting of many Linux systems across the enterprise.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Expertise Exams vary in length from 2 to 8 hours depending on the course, and can &lt;strong&gt;only be taken by current RHCEs&lt;/strong&gt;. Official notification of PASS or DID NOT PASS is sent via email within 5 US business days of the Expertise Exam.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: small; "&gt;Exam Costs and Bundled Discount&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Exams cost $749 on their own or $549 when purchased together with the corresponding class scheduled in same week. To purchase the course and corresponding Expertise Exam, select appropriate RH and EX codes when purchasing. Then, use &lt;strong&gt;promotional code "45678"&lt;/strong&gt; to receive the $200 discount.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Words of Wisdom: Florian Brand&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;In September 2005, Florian Brand, a Red Hat instructor based in Stuttgart, Germany, was the first person to earn Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA) certification. Read more about his experience earning an RHCA certification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.redhat.com/certification/rhca/"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Learn More&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-7063879956278504045?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eHegraO6T7z7xy9-HYKDN9mhQz8/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eHegraO6T7z7xy9-HYKDN9mhQz8/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eHegraO6T7z7xy9-HYKDN9mhQz8/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/eHegraO6T7z7xy9-HYKDN9mhQz8/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/TYmSzSln700" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/7063879956278504045/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=7063879956278504045" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7063879956278504045?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7063879956278504045?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/TYmSzSln700/red-hat-certified-architect-rhca.html" title="Red Hat Certified Architect (RHCA)" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/red-hat-certified-architect-rhca.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CUYMQ384eSp7ImA9WxFWEUk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-6197478711030903362</id><published>2010-05-29T17:20:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-29T17:26:22.131+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-29T17:26:22.131+03:00</app:edited><title>Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS)</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span"   style="  color: rgb(51, 51, 51); font-family:'Lucida Grande', 'Luxi Sans', 'Trebuchet MS', 'Bitstream Vera Sans', helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif;font-size:small;"&gt;&lt;div class="contentIndent" style="margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px; "&gt;&lt;h1 id="sectionHead1" style="margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; padding-top: 0px; font-size: x-large; padding-right: 0px; padding-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS)&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id="contentColLeft" style="float: left; width: 573px; "&gt;&lt;div class="contentIndent" style="margin-left: 15px; margin-bottom: 15px; "&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Overview&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS) is a security certification that proves advanced skills in using Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SELinux, and Red Hat Directory Server to meet the security requirements of today's enterprise environment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Current RHCEs will obtain RHCSS certification upon successfully passing all three Expertise Exams:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul style="padding-left: 12px; margin-left: 12px; "&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;EX333 Red Hat Enterprise Security: Network Services&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;EX423 Enterprise Directory Services and Authentication&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;EX429 SELinux Policy Administration&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;These courses build on the security skills covered in the Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) program, which is a prerequisite.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;All upper-level courses are all peer level, meaning each can be taken by someone with RHCE or equivalent skills. Any order is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Curriculum and Expertise Exams&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;ul style="padding-left: 12px; margin-left: 12px; "&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Only &lt;strong&gt;current RHCEs are eligible&lt;/strong&gt; to be certified as a Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS), while anyone can attend the courses in this track. Verify your RHCE.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Current RHCEs will obtain RHCSS certification upon successfully &lt;strong&gt;passing all three Expertise Exams&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;The courses are not required as the tests can be taken separately but they are strongly recommended.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;table cellspacing="3" class="certTracks" style="font-size: x-small; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-style: initial; border-color: initial; width: 556px; margin-top: 0.8em; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-right-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-bottom-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-left-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;th class="thisCourse" style="background-image: none; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-color: rgb(170, 170, 170); padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 12px; width: 264px; background-position: initial initial; background-repeat: initial initial; "&gt;RHCSS Courses&lt;br /&gt;(Recommended)&lt;/th&gt;&lt;th class="thisCourse" style="background-image: none; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-color: rgb(170, 170, 170); padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 12px; width: 263px; background-position: initial initial; background-repeat: initial initial; "&gt;Expertise Exams&lt;br /&gt;(Required: Must pass all 3 for RHCSS)&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RHS333 Red Hat Enterprise Security: Network Services&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX333 Red Hat Enterprise Security: Network Services Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH423 Red Hat Enterprise Directory Services and Authentication&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX423 Red Hat Enterprise Directory Services and Authentication Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RHS429 Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhceCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;EX429 Red Hat Enterprise SELinux Policy Administration Expertise Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Each course in Red Hat's security curriculum is followed by an Expertise Exam on the fifth day. Expertise Exams may be taken immediately following the corresponding course or at any other time. The exams are performance-based and test skills of the job role competencies covered in the prior four days of hands-on training. Passing an Expertise Exam earns the candidate a&lt;strong&gt;Certificate of Expertise&lt;/strong&gt; to his or her RHCE credential for a specific security skillset. Expertise Exams vary in length from 4 to 8 hours depending on the course.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Official notification of PASS or DID NOT PASS is sent via email within 5 US business days of the Expertise Exam.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: small; "&gt;Exam Costs and Bundled Discount&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Exams cost $749 on their own or $549 when purchased together with the corresponding class scheduled in same week. To purchase the course and corresponding Expertise Exam, select appropriate RH and EX codes when purchasing. Then, use &lt;strong&gt;promotional code "45678"&lt;/strong&gt; to receive the $200 discount.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Beyond RHCSS: Additional Security Courses&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Beyond the core RHCSS courses, Red Hat also offers RHS435 Red Hat Enterprise Certificate Management. This course teaches systems engineers to manage the Red Hat Certificate System, the leading open source identity management solution.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;In the future, Red Hat may introduce or extend other security-related tools, and support these with additional higher-level Certificates of Expertise to RHCSS similar to the Identity Management Certificate of Expertise.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Other Red Hat security courses include RHS342 Developing Red Hat Firewall Solutions. This course provides intensive hands-on training for senior level system administrators, but is not tied to the RHCSS track.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.redhat.com/certification/rhcss/"&gt;Learn More&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-6197478711030903362?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iFUvdkpxsml57-w6Scm6uM1ErRM/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iFUvdkpxsml57-w6Scm6uM1ErRM/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iFUvdkpxsml57-w6Scm6uM1ErRM/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/iFUvdkpxsml57-w6Scm6uM1ErRM/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/he2YroRao28" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/6197478711030903362/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=6197478711030903362" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/6197478711030903362?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/6197478711030903362?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/he2YroRao28/red-hat-certified-security-specialist.html" title="Red Hat Certified Security Specialist (RHCSS)" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/red-hat-certified-security-specialist.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CE8ESXk9eyp7ImA9WxFWEUk.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-1503004298524000662</id><published>2010-05-29T17:18:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2010-05-29T17:20:08.763+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-05-29T17:20:08.763+03:00</app:edited><title>Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: 'Lucida Grande', 'Luxi Sans', 'Trebuchet MS', 'Bitstream Vera Sans', helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif; font-size: small; color: rgb(51, 51, 51); "&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Overview&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;An RHCDS has the skills and knowledge necessary to build reliable, available, scalable, and manageable solutions in mission-critical datacenter environments using fully-supported open source technologies from Red Hat.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Current RHCEs will obtain RHCDS certification upon successfully passing all three Expertise Exams:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul style="padding-left: 12px; margin-left: 12px; "&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;EX401 Deployment, Virtualization, and Systems Management&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;EX436 Clustering and Storage Management&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;EX423 Directory Services and Authentication&lt;br /&gt;OR EX318 Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;These courses build on system administration skills covered in the Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) program, which is a prerequisite.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;All upper-level courses are all peer level, meaning each can be taken by someone with RHCE or equivalent skills. Any order is fine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Curriculum and Expertise Exams&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;ul style="padding-left: 12px; margin-left: 12px; "&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Only &lt;strong&gt;current RHCEs are eligible&lt;/strong&gt; to be certified as a Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist (RHCDS), while anyone can attend the courses in this track. Verify your RHCE.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Current RHCEs will obtain RHCDS certification upon successfully &lt;strong&gt;passing all three Expertise Exams&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style="margin-top: 5px; margin-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 5px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;The courses are not required as the tests can be taken separately but they are strongly recommended.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;table cellspacing="3" class="certTracks" style="font-size: x-small; border-top-width: 1px; border-right-width: 1px; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-left-width: 1px; border-style: initial; border-color: initial; width: 556px; margin-top: 0.8em; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); border-top-style: solid; border-right-style: solid; border-bottom-style: solid; border-left-style: solid; border-top-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-right-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-bottom-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); border-left-color: rgb(192, 218, 231); "&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;th class="thisCourse" style="background-image: none; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-color: rgb(170, 170, 170); padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 12px; width: 264px; background-position: initial initial; background-repeat: initial initial; "&gt;RHCDS Courses&lt;br /&gt;(Recommended)&lt;/th&gt;&lt;th class="thisCourse" style="background-image: none; background-attachment: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-color: rgb(170, 170, 170); padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 12px; width: 263px; background-position: initial initial; background-repeat: initial initial; "&gt;Expertise Exams&lt;br /&gt;(Required: Must pass all 3 for RHCDS)&lt;/th&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH401Deployment and Systems Management&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;EX401 Deployment and Systems Management Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH436 Clustering and Storage Management&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;EX436 Clustering and Storage Management Exam&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;RH423 Directory Services and Authentication&lt;br /&gt;OR RH318 Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td class="rhctCel" style="vertical-align: middle; padding-top: 5px; padding-right: 5px; padding-bottom: 5px; padding-left: 5px; text-align: center; background-color: rgb(229, 240, 245); "&gt;EX423 Directory Services and Authentication Exam&lt;br /&gt;OR EX318 Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Each course in Red Hat's Datacenter curriculum is followed by an Expertise Exam on the fifth day. Expertise Exams may be taken immediately following the corresponding course or at any other time. The exams are performance-based and test skills of the job role competencies covered in the prior four days of hands-on training. Passing an Expertise Exam earns the candidate a &lt;strong&gt;Certificate of Expertise&lt;/strong&gt; to his or her RHCE credential for a specific security skillset. Expertise Exams vary in length from 4 to 8 hours depending on the course.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; "&gt;Official notification of PASS or DID NOT PASS is sent via email within 5 US business days of the Expertise Exam.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: small; "&gt;Exam Costs and Bundled Discount&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Exams cost $749 on their own or $549 when purchased together with the corresponding class scheduled in same week. To purchase the course and corresponding Expertise Exam, select appropriate RH and EX codes when purchasing. Then, use &lt;strong&gt;promotional code "45678"&lt;/strong&gt; to receive the $200 discount.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2 style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; padding-bottom: 0px; font-size: medium; margin-right: 0px; margin-left: 0px; "&gt;Beyond RHCDS: Security Curriculum&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;Beyond the core RHCDS courses, Red Hat also offers a security curriculum that teaches advanced skills in using Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SELinux, and Red Hat Directory Server to meet the security requirements of today's enterprise environment. Find out more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="line-height: 1.25em; margin-top: 0.25em; "&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.redhat.com/certification/rhcds/"&gt;More Info &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-1503004298524000662?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/l8DBwRynHBMSNzUOHa4VZvkC9gc/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/l8DBwRynHBMSNzUOHa4VZvkC9gc/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/l8DBwRynHBMSNzUOHa4VZvkC9gc/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/l8DBwRynHBMSNzUOHa4VZvkC9gc/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/jbwevjHLZXg" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/1503004298524000662/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=1503004298524000662" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/1503004298524000662?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/1503004298524000662?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/jbwevjHLZXg/red-hat-certified-datacenter-specialist.html" title="Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/05/red-hat-certified-datacenter-specialist.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CEQERHo_cCp7ImA9WxFRFUg.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-928126902715647917</id><published>2010-04-18T20:19:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-29T17:45:05.448+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-29T17:45:05.448+03:00</app:edited><title>Beginning the Linux Command Line</title><content type="html"> 			 			&lt;!-- google_ad_section_start --&gt;Beginning the Linux Command Line&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is Linux for those of us who don?t mind typing. All Linux users and administrators tend to like the flexibility and speed of Linux administration from the command line in byte?sized chunks, instead of fairly standard GUIs. Beginning the Linux Command Line follows a task?oriented approach and is distribution agnostic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Work with files and directories.&lt;br /&gt;Administer users and security.&lt;br /&gt;Understand how Linux is organized.  			 		&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-928126902715647917?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/bt-Gts3qDwlZ0gqw4elj1-MblnE/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/bt-Gts3qDwlZ0gqw4elj1-MblnE/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/bt-Gts3qDwlZ0gqw4elj1-MblnE/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/bt-Gts3qDwlZ0gqw4elj1-MblnE/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/1D6sCbfqDX8" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/928126902715647917/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=928126902715647917" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/928126902715647917?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/928126902715647917?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/1D6sCbfqDX8/beginning-linux-command-line.html" title="Beginning the Linux Command Line" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/beginning-linux-command-line.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CEQERHo-eip7ImA9WxFRFUg.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-4846961070225112162</id><published>2010-04-18T19:48:00.001+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-29T17:45:05.452+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-29T17:45:05.452+03:00</app:edited><title>Linux_Journal</title><content type="html">Linux_Journal&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-4846961070225112162?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/szH4NfIztlEXgPqc2biWq-_Sz6s/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/szH4NfIztlEXgPqc2biWq-_Sz6s/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/szH4NfIztlEXgPqc2biWq-_Sz6s/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/szH4NfIztlEXgPqc2biWq-_Sz6s/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/n6tENVnpn7U" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/4846961070225112162/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=4846961070225112162" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/4846961070225112162?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/4846961070225112162?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/n6tENVnpn7U/linuxjournal.html" title="Linux_Journal" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/linuxjournal.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CEQERHo-fip7ImA9WxFRFUg.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-8301731014769877857</id><published>2010-04-18T19:47:00.000+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-29T17:45:05.456+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-29T17:45:05.456+03:00</app:edited><title>Linux Bible (2010)</title><content type="html">Publisher: Wiley; Pap/Dvdr/C edition (December 14, 2009) | Language: English | ISBN-10: 0470485051 | ISBN-13: 978-0470485057&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The definitive guide to the basics of one of the most popular operating systems in the world:&lt;br /&gt;Whether you're a first-time Linux user or you're migrating from another operating system, this book is an ideal introductory guide for getting comfortable with the building-block nature of Linux. Written by bestselling author Christopher Negus, this guide is packed with in-depth descriptions on the basics of Linux desktops, servers, and programming tools and gets you up to speed on all the new and exciting features of the newest version: Linux 2010. Negus walks you through transitioning from Windows or Mac and helps you find the Linux distribution that best meets your needs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You'll explore more than 18 Linux distributions, including the latest versions of Ubuntu, Fedora, Debian, OpenSUSE, Slackware, Knoppix, Gentoo, Mandriva, SLAX, and more. Plus, you'll discover how to set up secure, fully functioning Linux server systems and get up-to-date installation advice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Topics Covered:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Getting off the Ground with Linux&lt;br /&gt;Running a Linux Desktop&lt;br /&gt;Learning System Administration Skills&lt;br /&gt;Setting Up Linux Servers&lt;br /&gt;Choosing and Installing Different Linux Distributions&lt;br /&gt;Programming in Linux&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Linux Bible 2010 Edition walks you through the details of the various Linux distributions and updates you on the latest networking, desktop, and server enhancements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From the Back Cover&lt;br /&gt;Voted one of the five "Favorite Linux Books of All Time" by readers of Linux Journal!&lt;br /&gt;Try out 18 different Linux distributions to see which one is right for you.&lt;br /&gt;Many Internet sites you visit or gadgets you use are run by Linux systems. Now you can try out Linux on your own PC! Run Linux live or install it side by side with your Windows® or Mac OS® system. This book includes step-by-step instructions and software to use Linux as a desktop, server, or programmer's workstation.&lt;br /&gt;Move to software freedom and find the right Linux for your home, school, small business,&lt;br /&gt;or enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Install and use the latest Linux systems for desktops and servers&lt;br /&gt;Access free and open source software for e-mail, Web browsing, and games&lt;br /&gt;Launch all your music, video, images, and documents in Linux&lt;br /&gt;Set up your own print, file, e-mail, and Web servers&lt;br /&gt;Get a stable and secure system using Linux firewall and security tools&lt;br /&gt;Create your own cool apps with useful programming tools&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;			 		&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-8301731014769877857?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/42SH4pjgY5V54qmCwYMM8CWUSo0/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/42SH4pjgY5V54qmCwYMM8CWUSo0/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/42SH4pjgY5V54qmCwYMM8CWUSo0/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/42SH4pjgY5V54qmCwYMM8CWUSo0/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/qe5-crRFBFk" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/8301731014769877857/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=8301731014769877857" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/8301731014769877857?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/8301731014769877857?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/qe5-crRFBFk/linux-bible-2010.html" title="Linux Bible (2010)" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/linux-bible-2010.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;DEcBR3o8fCp7ImA9WxFSFk0.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-4000617951804639618</id><published>2010-04-18T18:38:00.007+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-18T18:54:16.474+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-18T18:54:16.474+03:00</app:edited><title>Download Unix and Linux: Visual Quick Start Guide (2009)</title><content type="html">Download Unix and Linux: Visual QuickStart Guide, 4th Edition&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Deborah S. Ray, Eric J. Ray&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Peachpit Press | 2009 | ISBN: 0321636783 | 408 pages | PDF | 2,9 MB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S8soUkFKRKI/AAAAAAAAAMo/z001NUDtyPY/s1600/Unix+and+Linux+Visual+Quick+Start+Guide+%282009%29-1+copy.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 247px; height: 320px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S8soUkFKRKI/AAAAAAAAAMo/z001NUDtyPY/s320/Unix+and+Linux+Visual+Quick+Start+Guide+%282009%29-1+copy.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5461503306864673954" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With Unix, 4th Edition: Visual QuickStart Guide, readers can start from the beginning to get a tour of the Unix operating system, or look up specific tasks to learn just what they need to know.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This task-based, visual reference guide uses step-by-step instructions and plenty of screenshots, and includes three years worth of new material based on the latest Unix developments.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This reference guide details all Unix commands and options along with tips that put those commands in context. Leading Unix authorities Deborah S. Ray and Eric J. Ray leverage their expertise as technical writers and working in the industry (Sun Microsystems) as they take readers step-by-step through the most common Unix commands and options.    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://torrents.thepiratebay.org/5497060/Unix_and_Linux__Visual_Quick_Start_Guide_%282009%29.5497060.TPB.torrent"&gt;&lt;span&gt;Download Now &lt;/span&gt;Torrent&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.4shared.com/file/Ak4BOvxw/Unix_and_Linux_Visual_Quick_St.html"&gt;4shared Download&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;password: alaahegga.blogspot.com&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-4000617951804639618?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o6f2QZu1-EEkaYaw4B2o-I4Jz0U/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o6f2QZu1-EEkaYaw4B2o-I4Jz0U/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o6f2QZu1-EEkaYaw4B2o-I4Jz0U/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/o6f2QZu1-EEkaYaw4B2o-I4Jz0U/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/5ePgMo77yvI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/4000617951804639618/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=4000617951804639618" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/4000617951804639618?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/4000617951804639618?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/5ePgMo77yvI/download-unix-and-linux-visual-quick.html" title="Download Unix and Linux: Visual Quick Start Guide (2009)" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S8soUkFKRKI/AAAAAAAAAMo/z001NUDtyPY/s72-c/Unix+and+Linux+Visual+Quick+Start+Guide+%282009%29-1+copy.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/download-unix-and-linux-visual-quick.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;A08BQX0yeCp7ImA9WxFTGEo.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-7893774786337367338</id><published>2010-04-10T08:56:00.005+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-10T09:10:50.390+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-10T09:10:50.390+03:00</app:edited><title>Online Help Red Hat Enterprise Linux Documentation</title><content type="html">Online Help Red Hat Enterprise Linux Documentation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S8AVYQc74CI/AAAAAAAAAMg/wo5dG_KSU_Q/s1600/redhat_docs+copy.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 228px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S8AVYQc74CI/AAAAAAAAAMg/wo5dG_KSU_Q/s320/redhat_docs+copy.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5458386254850416674" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Internet is the best place to get documentation for any distribution of Linux. There are dedicated websites and online forums that help Linux users with specific distributions or Linux in general. Documentation for commercial distributions is available in their respective official websites. These include the release notes of different versions and updates, the deployment guide, the installation guide, and the virtualization guide. For example, the Red Hat documentation can be accessed from the URL, &lt;a href="http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/enterprise"&gt;http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/enterprise&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Docs Manuals include Release Notes, Technical Notes, all architectures, Installation Guide, Deployment Guide, Cluster Administration, LVM Administrator's Guide and Global File System.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-7893774786337367338?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceWWQL3yif-RWTEel0pxBBCOiw/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceWWQL3yif-RWTEel0pxBBCOiw/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceWWQL3yif-RWTEel0pxBBCOiw/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/MceWWQL3yif-RWTEel0pxBBCOiw/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/mh3bmo8XMrk" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/7893774786337367338/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=7893774786337367338" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7893774786337367338?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7893774786337367338?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/mh3bmo8XMrk/online-help-red-hat-enterprise-linux.html" title="Online Help Red Hat Enterprise Linux Documentation" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S8AVYQc74CI/AAAAAAAAAMg/wo5dG_KSU_Q/s72-c/redhat_docs+copy.jpg" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/online-help-red-hat-enterprise-linux.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;A0IEQn4yfCp7ImA9WxFTF0k.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-7317538791644620471</id><published>2010-04-08T20:53:00.003+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-08T20:58:23.094+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-08T20:58:23.094+03:00</app:edited><title>Update RH033_Red Hat Linux Essentials Book</title><content type="html">Update RH033_Red Hat Linux Essentials Book&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S74ZEw-wgDI/AAAAAAAAAMY/WedIGmu6qDY/s1600/RH033_Red-Hat-Enterprise-Li.gif"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 286px; height: 320px;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S74ZEw-wgDI/AAAAAAAAAMY/WedIGmu6qDY/s320/RH033_Red-Hat-Enterprise-Li.gif" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5457827368077918258" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.4shared.com/file/v89SVwdO/RH033_Red_Hat_Linux_Essentials.html"&gt;Download &lt;/a&gt;+&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The password : alaahegga.blogspot.com&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-7317538791644620471?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/TECNo577fB-ZZ3exhADz-Ze9Mqg/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/TECNo577fB-ZZ3exhADz-Ze9Mqg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/TECNo577fB-ZZ3exhADz-Ze9Mqg/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/TECNo577fB-ZZ3exhADz-Ze9Mqg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/jYr5-FRhQ3c" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/7317538791644620471/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=7317538791644620471" title="3 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7317538791644620471?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/7317538791644620471?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/jYr5-FRhQ3c/update-rh033red-hat-linux-essentials.html" title="Update RH033_Red Hat Linux Essentials Book" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/S74ZEw-wgDI/AAAAAAAAAMY/WedIGmu6qDY/s72-c/RH033_Red-Hat-Enterprise-Li.gif" height="72" width="72" /><thr:total>3</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/update-rh033red-hat-linux-essentials.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;C0cBRnk9eip7ImA9WxFTFEU.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-9003616817119613697</id><published>2010-04-05T18:16:00.007+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-05T18:24:17.762+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-05T18:24:17.762+03:00</app:edited><title>RedHat Enterprise 5 Update 5 x86/x64 downlaod DVD</title><content type="html">Download  DVD  RedHat Enterprise 5 Update 5 x86/x64&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;b&gt;Redhat Enterprise Linux V5 UPDATE 5 x86/x64 DVD | 3.31GB&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Red Hat Enterprise Linux solutions, in combination with other Red Hat technologies-such as JBoss middleware solutions - provide the easy, no-risk path to open source cost savings. Use commodity hardware. Interoperate easily with existing UNIX and Windows infrastructure. Deploy applications you know and trust. Reduce system administration costs through high server/admin ratios and desktop-to-mainframe consistency. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, originally released in March 2007, contains more than 1,200 components covering a broad range of functionality. Red Hat Enterprise Linux provides CIOs and IT managers with the means to reduce costs while improving operational flexibility throughout their computing infrastructure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Features:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Virtualization with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Virtualization is provided in all Red Hat Enterprise Linux server products and is optionally available for desktop products&lt;br /&gt;* Storage and extended server virtualization are provided with Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform&lt;br /&gt;* Red Hat Network supports virtualized guest operating systems&lt;br /&gt;* virt-manager, libvirt/virsh management tools are available for single system or scripted virtualization management&lt;br /&gt;* Integration with Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization is available for enterprise virtualization management&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Kernel and performance&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Currently in update 4&lt;br /&gt;* Based on the Linux 2.6.18 kernel&lt;br /&gt;* Optimized for multi-core processors&lt;br /&gt;* Continued hardware support for maximum flexibility&lt;br /&gt;* Development and performance tools, including SystemTap&lt;br /&gt;* advanced I/O performance and virtualization technologies, such as SRIOV&lt;br /&gt;* Large SMP support for both physical and virtual systems&lt;br /&gt;* IPv4/IPv6 fragmentation offload and buffer management&lt;br /&gt;* Dynamically switchable per-queue I/O schedulers&lt;br /&gt;* Kernel buffer splice capability for improved I/O buffer operations&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Packaging&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;Servers:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Red Hat Enterprise Linux Advanced Platform&lt;br /&gt;* Red Hat Enterprise Linux&lt;br /&gt;* View server comparison chart&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Desktops:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Red Hat Enterprise Linux Desktop&lt;br /&gt;* View desktop comparison chart&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Security&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* SELinux enhancements include Multi-Level Security and targeted policies for all services&lt;br /&gt;* SEtroubleshooter GUI simplifies SELinux management&lt;br /&gt;* Integrated directory and security capabilities&lt;br /&gt;* IPSEC enhancements improve security and performance&lt;br /&gt;* ExecShield enhancements, such as a call frame Canary word, strengthen hacker defenses&lt;br /&gt;* New Audit features provide powerful new search/reporting and real-time monitoring&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Networking &amp;amp; interoperability&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Network storage enhancements include Autofs, FS-Cache, and iSCSI support&lt;br /&gt;* IPv6 support and conformance enhancements&lt;br /&gt;* Improved Microsoft® file/print and Active Directory integration, including support for Windows&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Desktop&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Desktop enhancements include updated configuration tools, applications, and laptop support&lt;br /&gt;* Foundational Stateless Linux features (X autoconfigure, NetworkManager, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;* Improved ACPI support with features such as suspend to disk&lt;br /&gt;* Smart card login - with PKI/Kerberos authentication&lt;br /&gt;* Integrated multimedia support&lt;br /&gt;* Enhanced plug and play hardware support (cameras, printers, scanners, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;* Network Manager provides automatic wired and wireless network configuration&lt;br /&gt;* Enhanced graphics using AIGLX/Compiz (with fading, transparency, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Development environment&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Enhanced application development tools including SystemTap profiler and Frysk debugger&lt;br /&gt;* GCC 4.1 and glibc 2.5 toolchain&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Storage&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;* Support for root device multipath IO (MPIO) improves availability&lt;br /&gt;* Single system/guest version of Red Hat Global File System included in the base server product&lt;br /&gt;* Block device data encryption support&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Management&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Numerous installer improvements make system configuration simpler&lt;br /&gt;* Yum/Pup-based updater for Red Hat Network&lt;br /&gt;* Conga cluster and storage management (with Advanced Platform)&lt;br /&gt;* Integrated support with Satellite server&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Release Info&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;supplier.....: TEAM HOT&lt;br /&gt;release date.: 04/03/2010&lt;br /&gt;type.........: Linux&lt;br /&gt;format.......: ISO&lt;br /&gt;files........: 1DVD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Homepage: http://www.redhat.com/rhel/&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Rapidshare&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372085802/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part01.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372086751/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part02.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372087180/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part03.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372088139/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part04.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372088300/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part05.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372089306/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part06.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372089985/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part07.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372090912/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part08.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372090842/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part09.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372091717/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part10.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372092030/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part11.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372093134/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part12.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372093211/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part13.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372094888/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part14.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372095390/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part15.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372095932/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part16.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372096045/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part17.rar&lt;br /&gt;http://rapidshare.com/files/372097481/Redhat.Enterprise.Linux.V5.UPDATE.5.X86_64.DVD-HOTiSO.part18.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold; color: rgb(255, 0, 0);"&gt;Hotfile&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="quote"&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353375/5362d95/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part01.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353632/76c6761/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part02.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353935/50abb56/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part03.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354194/381ab68/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part04.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354443/50c4f7e/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part05.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354805/424170f/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part06.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353378/f874507/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part07.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353630/a38075b/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part08.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353895/07f77f5/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part09.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354172/f1c75c0/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part10.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354421/9303c94/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part11.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354661/b9f9984/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part12.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353478/c58d5f0/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part13.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36353721/21ffbdf/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part14.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354009/548e16d/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part15.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354275/eb7eb09/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part16.rar.html&lt;br /&gt;http://hotfile.com/dl/36354528/126d463/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part17.rar.html &lt;a href="http://hotfile.com/dl/36354528/126d463/RHETPLNV5UD58664HOT.part17.rar.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--QuoteEnd--&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--QuoteEEnd--&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-9003616817119613697?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9UbJCJdzp4fKVKfQgv76TVyKdPg/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9UbJCJdzp4fKVKfQgv76TVyKdPg/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9UbJCJdzp4fKVKfQgv76TVyKdPg/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/9UbJCJdzp4fKVKfQgv76TVyKdPg/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/Zgw8fo5oACI" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/9003616817119613697/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=9003616817119613697" title="1 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/9003616817119613697?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/9003616817119613697?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/Zgw8fo5oACI/redhat-enterprise-5-update-5-x86x64.html" title="RedHat Enterprise 5 Update 5 x86/x64 downlaod DVD" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>1</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/redhat-enterprise-5-update-5-x86x64.html</feedburner:origLink></entry><entry gd:etag="W/&quot;CkIGQng_eyp7ImA9WxFTFEU.&quot;"><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-6060136043932653781.post-5609496677299956715</id><published>2010-04-05T18:12:00.004+03:00</published><updated>2010-04-05T18:15:23.643+03:00</updated><app:edited xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app">2010-04-05T18:15:23.643+03:00</app:edited><title>Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 Released; RHEL 6 Coming Soon</title><content type="html">&lt;span class="headline"&gt;  &lt;b&gt;Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 Released; RHEL 6 Coming Soon&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span class="sub"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;p&gt;Red Hat is updating its flagship Linux server, Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL), to version 5.5 providing performance and feature improvements. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The new Red Hat (NYSE:RHT) release takes advantage of the latest Intel and AMD processors as well as advancements in virtualization and Windows interoperability. The release of RHEL 5.5 comes as Red Hat is about to begin to ramp up its next generation Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 platform. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;"We overlap on our releases as it takes many years to produce the new version - RHEL 6 - which is currently in development," Tim Burke, vice president of platform engineering at Red Hat, told &lt;i&gt;InternetNews.com&lt;/i&gt;. "Within the coming month we'll have our beta release of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6."     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Burke added that Red Hat will have some additional announcements on RHEL 6 likely coming out of their Red Hat Summit event in June. RHEL 6 will be the first major version update for Red Hat since the first release of RHEL 5 in 2007.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;There is still lots of life left in the RHEL 5 platform though with a new point update to RHEL 5.5 now available. RHEL 5.5 has been in public beta testing since last month. The 5.5 update is the first update to RHEL in 2010; the RHEL 5.4 release came out in September of 2009.     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;One of the biggest new items in RHEL 5.5 according to Burke is hardware enablement for the latest Intel Westmere and AMD Opteron 6000platforms.     &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;"The hardware is of nominal value until you've got the software to enable it and that's what really shines in RHEL 5.5," Burke said. "We've done a huge number of scalability enhancements for both bare metal and virtualization environments." &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In RHEL 5.5, Red Hat has improved workload processor scheduling to ensure that the required number of processor cores is being used. Burke added that Red Hat also focuses on I/O optimization in RHEL 5.5 which makes a difference for virtualization. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="colLeft dimRelatedArticles_Ads"&gt; &lt;div class="section relatedArticles"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;p&gt;"In the past, a lot of workloads were not well suited for virtualization because the overhead incurred from an I/O operation could be as much as 30 percent," Burke said. "But because of a lot of the new hardware capabilities that we've been able to optimize in RHEL 5.5, overhead for I/O bound workloads is now down to only 5 percent, so that opens up broad diversity of workload types that can on virtualization." &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Part of the I/O improvements come by way of support for Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV). Burke explained that SR-IOV provides KVM virtual machines with an improved ability to share hardware-bound PCI hardware resources. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;New Run-Time Memory Allocation Feature&lt;/h3&gt;   &lt;p&gt;Virtualization also gets a boost by way of a new run-time memory allocation feature for RHEL 5.5's KVM virtualization guests. Burke said that when an administrator has multiple virtual guests on the same system there is a need to make sure that no one guest can monopolize all of the physical memory. With the new feature, memory can be allocated based on need, policy and availability. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In RHEL 5.5, Red Hat has also improved interoperability with Microsoft's Windows 7, though Burke was quick to note that the interoperability did not come by way of any deal with Microsoft. Rival Linux vendor Novell has a three year old agreement with Microsoft on interoperability and intellectual property related issues. The improved RHEL 5.5 interoperability involved the use of the open source Samba project which enables file and print services sharing between Windows and Linux. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;"There is no special business deal related to Window interoperability," Burke said. "It's all work that we have pulled in with Samba and is done purely in the context of the upstream Samba development community of which Red Hat has several key contributors." &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Sean Michael Kerner is a senior editor at InternetNews.com, the news service of Internet.com, the network for technology professionals.&lt;/i&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;Source :http://www.serverwatch.com/news/article.php/3873916/Red-Hat-Enterprise-Linux-55-Released-RHEL-6-Coming-Soon.htm&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="sub"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/6060136043932653781-5609496677299956715?l=alaahegga.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/j5jrJ9Z8Hsgz52-r7bH6s6XqqPE/0/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/j5jrJ9Z8Hsgz52-r7bH6s6XqqPE/0/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br/&gt;
&lt;a href="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/j5jrJ9Z8Hsgz52-r7bH6s6XqqPE/1/da"&gt;&lt;img src="http://feedads.g.doubleclick.net/~a/j5jrJ9Z8Hsgz52-r7bH6s6XqqPE/1/di" border="0" ismap="true"&gt;&lt;/img&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~4/vmxsSnCROYA" height="1" width="1"/&gt;</content><link rel="replies" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/feeds/5609496677299956715/comments/default" title="Post Comments" /><link rel="replies" type="text/html" href="http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=6060136043932653781&amp;postID=5609496677299956715" title="0 Comments" /><link rel="edit" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/5609496677299956715?v=2" /><link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.blogger.com/feeds/6060136043932653781/posts/default/5609496677299956715?v=2" /><link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/AlaaLinux/~3/vmxsSnCROYA/red-hat-enterprise-linux-55-released.html" title="Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.5 Released; RHEL 6 Coming Soon" /><author><name>Alaa Hegga</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail" width="32" height="32" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_L_lA3ZjrjWU/StuCCGEtfPI/AAAAAAAAADY/V5M6ivnAOSs/s1600-R/alaa_neamt2_normal.png" /></author><thr:total>0</thr:total><feedburner:origLink>http://alaahegga.blogspot.com/2010/04/red-hat-enterprise-linux-55-released.html</feedburner:origLink></entry></feed>

